1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18177 871))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18231 31060))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table
"abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18203 51790))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18213
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
196 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
302 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
303 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
304 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18231 31064))
305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
307 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
308 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
309 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
310 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
311 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
312 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
313 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
314 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
315 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
316 interpreted as `error'.")
318 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
320 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
321 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
322 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
323 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
324 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
325 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
326 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
327 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
329 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
331 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
332 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
334 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
336 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
337 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
342 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
343 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
344 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
345 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
346 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
347 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
348 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
349 will be overwritten with the new one.
350 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
351 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
352 will clear the cache.
354 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
356 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
357 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
358 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
359 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
360 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
361 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
362 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
363 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
364 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
365 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
366 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
367 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
368 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
369 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
370 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
371 definition will always be cached for later usage.
373 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
375 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
376 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
377 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
379 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
380 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
384 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
385 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
386 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
387 see also `ad-add-advice'.
388 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
389 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
390 before/around/after-advices will be used.
391 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
392 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
393 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
394 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
395 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
398 Semantics of the various flags:
399 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
400 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
401 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
403 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
404 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
406 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
407 advised function should be compiled.
409 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
410 during activation until somebody enables it.
412 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
413 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
414 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
415 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
417 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
418 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
419 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
420 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
421 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
424 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
426 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
430 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
431 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
432 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18177 854))
433 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
435 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
436 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
437 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
438 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
439 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
440 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
441 rule's `separate' attribute).
443 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
444 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
445 `separate' attribute set.
447 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
448 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
449 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
450 on the format of these lists.
452 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
454 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
455 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
456 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
457 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
458 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
459 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
460 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
461 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
462 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
463 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
466 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
467 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
471 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
474 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
475 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
476 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
478 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
480 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
481 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
482 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
483 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
484 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
487 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
489 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
490 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
491 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
492 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
493 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
494 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
495 been used to align that section.
497 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
499 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
500 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
501 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
502 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
503 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
504 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
507 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
509 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
510 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
514 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
515 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
522 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
551 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
558 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
561 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
562 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
563 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
565 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
566 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
567 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
568 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
569 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
572 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
574 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
575 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
576 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
577 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
578 - easy topic encryption and decryption
579 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
580 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
581 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
583 and many other features.
585 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
586 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
587 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
588 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
589 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
591 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
592 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
593 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
594 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
596 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
597 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
598 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
602 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
603 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
604 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
605 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
606 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
610 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
612 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
613 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
615 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
618 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
619 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
622 Topic Header Production:
623 -----------------------
624 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
626 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
628 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
629 ---------------------------------
630 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
631 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
632 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
634 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
635 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
636 are alternated according to nesting depth.
637 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
638 the offspring are not affected.
639 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
641 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
642 ----------------------------------
643 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
645 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
646 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
647 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
648 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
649 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
650 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
652 Topic-oriented Encryption:
653 -------------------------
654 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
655 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
659 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
660 and establish a default file-var setting
662 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
663 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
664 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
665 buffer with name derived from derived from that
666 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
667 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
669 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
671 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
677 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
678 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
679 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
681 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
682 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
683 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
684 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
686 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
687 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
688 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
691 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
692 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
698 navigation and exposure control.
700 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
701 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
702 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
703 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
704 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
706 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
707 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
708 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
709 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
710 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
712 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
713 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
714 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
715 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
716 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
717 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
718 at the beginning of the current entry.
722 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
723 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
724 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
727 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
728 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
729 `allout-structure-added-hook'
730 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
731 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
735 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
737 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
738 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
739 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
741 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
742 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
743 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
745 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
748 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
749 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
752 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
754 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
756 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
758 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
760 Topic text constituents:
762 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
764 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
765 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
767 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
768 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
769 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
770 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
771 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
772 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
773 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
776 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
779 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
780 It can be customized by changing the setting of
781 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
783 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
784 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
785 program code without interfering with processing of the text
786 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
787 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
788 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
789 docstring for more detail.
791 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
792 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
793 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
794 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
795 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
796 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
797 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
798 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
799 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
800 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
801 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
804 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
805 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
807 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
808 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
810 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
811 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
812 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
814 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
816 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
818 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
819 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
821 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
822 setup for auto-startup.
824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
828 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
829 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18213 1258))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
832 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
834 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
835 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
836 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
837 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
838 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
839 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
841 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
843 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
846 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
850 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
851 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18177 871))
852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
854 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
855 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
856 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
857 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
858 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
859 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
860 in the current window.
862 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
864 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
865 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
866 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
868 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
870 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
871 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
872 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
874 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
878 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
879 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18190 39673))
880 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
882 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
883 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
887 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
888 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
890 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
891 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
892 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
893 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
895 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
896 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
898 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
900 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
904 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
905 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18213 1259))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
908 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
909 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
910 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
911 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
912 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
915 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
916 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
917 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
920 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
921 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
922 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
923 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
927 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
928 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
933 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
934 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
935 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
941 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
942 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
943 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
944 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18177 855))
945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
947 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
948 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
949 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
950 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
952 (custom-autoload 'appt-issue-message
"appt" t
)
954 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
955 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
957 (custom-autoload 'appt-message-warning-time
"appt" t
)
959 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
960 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
962 (custom-autoload 'appt-audible
"appt" t
)
964 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
965 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
966 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
968 (custom-autoload 'appt-visible
"appt" t
)
970 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
971 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
972 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
974 (custom-autoload 'appt-msg-window
"appt" t
)
976 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
977 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
978 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
980 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-mode-line
"appt" t
)
982 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
983 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
984 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
986 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-duration
"appt" t
)
988 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
989 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
990 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
992 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-diary
"appt" t
)
994 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
995 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
996 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
998 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
1000 (autoload 'appt-delete
"appt" "\
1001 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1005 (autoload 'appt-make-list
"appt" "\
1006 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1007 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1008 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1009 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1010 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1011 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1013 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1016 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1017 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1021 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1022 Toggle checking of appointments.
1023 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1024 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1031 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1032 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18231 31060))
1033 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1035 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1036 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1037 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1038 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1040 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1041 kind of objects to search.
1043 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1045 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1046 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1047 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1048 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1049 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1050 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1052 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1055 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1057 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1059 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1060 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1061 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1062 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1063 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1064 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1066 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1067 noninteractive functions.
1069 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1070 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1072 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1073 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1075 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1077 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1078 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1080 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1082 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1083 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1084 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1085 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1092 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1093 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1095 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1097 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1099 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1100 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1101 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1102 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1103 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1104 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1107 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1108 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1112 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1113 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1114 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1115 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1116 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1117 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1119 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1120 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1122 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1124 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18190
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1132 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1133 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1134 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1135 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1136 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1137 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1139 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1140 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1143 \\{archive-mode-map}
1145 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1149 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18177 855))
1150 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1152 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1153 Major mode for editing arrays.
1155 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1156 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1157 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1159 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1161 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1162 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1163 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1165 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1166 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1167 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1168 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1171 Variables you assign:
1172 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1173 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1174 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1175 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1176 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1177 row numbers in the buffer.
1179 Variables which are calculated:
1180 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1181 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1183 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1184 take a numeric prefix argument):
1186 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1187 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1188 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1189 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1191 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1192 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1193 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1194 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1201 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1202 between that of point and mark.
1204 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1205 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1207 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1208 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1209 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1210 newlines inside rows)
1212 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1214 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1220 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18203
1222 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1224 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1225 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1226 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1227 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1229 How to quit artist mode
1231 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1234 How to submit a bug report
1236 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1239 Drawing with the mouse:
1242 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1243 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1247 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1250 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1251 --------------------------------------------------------------
1252 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1254 --------------------------------------------------------------
1255 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1256 --------------------------------------------------------------
1257 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1271 --------------------------------------------------------------
1272 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1284 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1285 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1286 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1287 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1290 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1291 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1292 overwrite means the opposite.
1294 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1295 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1296 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1298 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1300 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1301 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1303 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1304 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1305 are currently drawing something.
1307 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1311 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1312 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1317 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1319 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1321 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1323 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1325 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1326 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1328 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1333 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1334 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1335 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1336 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1337 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1338 When pasting: Pastes
1340 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1342 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1344 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1345 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1346 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1347 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1348 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1349 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1354 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1355 of the line/poly-line
1357 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1358 of the line/poly-line
1363 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1365 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1368 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1369 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1372 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1384 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1389 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1390 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1392 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1393 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1394 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1395 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1396 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1397 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1398 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1399 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1400 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1401 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1402 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1405 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1406 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1407 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1408 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1409 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1410 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1414 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1415 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1422 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1426 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18177
1428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1430 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1431 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1432 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1434 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1439 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1440 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1442 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1443 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1445 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (assistant) "assistant" "gnus/assistant.el" (18230
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/assistant.el
1458 (autoload 'assistant
"assistant" "\
1459 Assist setting up Emacs based on FILE.
1465 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1467 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1469 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1470 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1471 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1473 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1475 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1476 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1477 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1478 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1479 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1480 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1481 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1482 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1483 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1484 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1487 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1488 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1489 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1490 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1491 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1493 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1497 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1498 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1499 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1500 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1501 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1502 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1508 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1509 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1510 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1511 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1513 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1519 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1520 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
1521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1523 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1524 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1530 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1531 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18190 39673))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1534 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1535 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1536 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1540 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1541 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1542 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1543 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1545 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1547 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1548 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1549 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1552 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1554 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1556 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1557 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1558 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1559 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1561 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1562 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1569 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1571 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1573 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1575 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1576 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1577 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1578 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1579 save the buffer too.
1581 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1583 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1585 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1587 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1588 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1589 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1590 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1592 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1593 directory or directories specified.
1595 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1597 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1598 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1599 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1605 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1606 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1607 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18190 39673))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1610 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1611 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1613 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1614 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1615 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1616 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1617 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1621 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1622 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1624 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1625 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1629 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1630 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1631 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1633 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1634 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1635 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1636 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1637 reflected in the current buffer.
1639 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1640 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1641 writing before you save the file!
1643 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1647 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1648 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1650 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1651 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1655 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1656 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1657 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1660 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1662 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1664 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1665 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1667 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1668 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1669 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1675 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1676 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18177 855))
1677 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1679 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1680 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1681 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1683 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1685 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1687 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1688 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1689 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1690 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1692 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1693 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1694 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1696 Effects of the different modes:
1697 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1698 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1699 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1700 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1701 a random distance & direction.
1702 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1703 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1704 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1706 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1708 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1709 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1710 definition of \"random distance\".)
1712 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1716 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1720 (autoload 'backquote
"backquote" "\
1721 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1723 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1724 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1728 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1729 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1730 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1731 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1733 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1735 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1737 (defalias '\
` (symbol-function 'backquote
))
1741 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1743 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1744 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1746 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1747 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1748 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1749 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1753 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1754 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1755 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1757 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1758 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1760 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1762 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1763 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1764 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1765 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1766 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1773 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1774 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18177 857))
1775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1777 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1778 Time execution of FORMS.
1779 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1780 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1782 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1783 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1784 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1786 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1788 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1789 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1790 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1791 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1792 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1794 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1796 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1797 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1798 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1799 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1800 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1802 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1806 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18177
1808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1810 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1811 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1813 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1815 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1816 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1817 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1818 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1820 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1821 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1822 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1823 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1824 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1826 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1827 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1830 Special information:
1832 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1834 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1835 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1836 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1837 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1838 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1839 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1840 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1841 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1842 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1843 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1844 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1846 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1847 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1848 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1849 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1850 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1851 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1852 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1853 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1855 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1857 ----------------------------------------------------------
1858 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1859 if that value is non-nil.
1867 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1868 ;;;;;; (18190 39685))
1869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1870 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
'("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode
))
1872 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1873 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1879 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1880 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1881 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1884 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1886 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1887 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1888 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1890 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1892 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1893 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1895 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1897 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1898 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1900 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1904 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18213
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1908 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1910 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1914 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1915 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1916 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1917 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1918 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1923 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1924 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1927 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1930 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1931 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1933 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1934 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1936 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1937 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1938 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1939 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1940 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1941 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1945 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1947 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1948 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1949 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1950 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1952 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1953 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1954 denoted by the letter `R'.
1956 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1957 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1958 denoted by the letter `H'.
1960 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1963 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1964 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1965 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1966 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1967 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1968 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1971 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1972 degree deflection it causes.
1975 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1976 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1978 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1979 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1981 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1982 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1985 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1986 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1992 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1995 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1996 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1998 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1999 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2000 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2001 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2002 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2003 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2004 emerging from the box.
2006 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2008 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2010 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2011 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2012 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2013 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2014 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2017 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2024 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2025 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2026 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
2027 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18190
2029 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2030 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
2031 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
2032 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2034 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
2035 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2036 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2037 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2038 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2039 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2040 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ;"m"ark
2043 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
2044 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ;"g"o
2045 (define-key bookmark-map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
)
2046 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
2047 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
2048 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ;"f"ind
2049 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
2050 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
2051 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
2052 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
2053 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
2055 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2056 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2057 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2058 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2059 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2060 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2061 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2062 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2065 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2066 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2067 yank successive words.
2069 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2070 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2071 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2072 name of the file being visited.
2074 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2075 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2076 the list of bookmarks.)
2078 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2080 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2081 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2082 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2083 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2084 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2087 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2088 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2089 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2090 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2095 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2096 See `bookmark-jump'.
2098 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2101 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2102 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2103 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2104 after a bookmark was set in it.
2106 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2108 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2109 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2110 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2111 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2113 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2115 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2117 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2118 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2119 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2120 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2122 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2123 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2124 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2126 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2127 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2130 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2132 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2133 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2134 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2135 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2136 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2139 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2142 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2143 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2144 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2145 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2146 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2147 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2148 probably because we were called from there.
2150 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2153 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2154 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2158 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2159 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2160 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2161 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2164 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2165 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2166 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2167 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2168 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2170 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2171 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2172 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2173 `bookmark-default-file'.
2175 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2178 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2179 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2180 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2181 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2184 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2185 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2186 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2187 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2188 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2191 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2192 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2193 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2194 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2196 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2198 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2199 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2200 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2201 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2202 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2206 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2208 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2210 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2212 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2216 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2217 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2218 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2219 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2220 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2221 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2222 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2223 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2224 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2225 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
2226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2228 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2229 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2230 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2231 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2233 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2234 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2235 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2236 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2237 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2239 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2241 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2242 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2244 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2246 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2247 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2249 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2251 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2256 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2257 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2258 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2259 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2260 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2261 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2263 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2265 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2267 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2268 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2271 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2273 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2274 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2278 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2279 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2281 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2283 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2285 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2286 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2288 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2290 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2291 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2292 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2293 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2297 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2298 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2299 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2300 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2301 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2307 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2308 Default to the URL around or before point.
2310 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2311 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2312 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2313 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2315 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2316 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2318 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2319 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2321 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2323 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2324 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2325 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2326 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2328 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2329 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2330 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2331 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2333 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2334 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2335 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2337 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2338 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2340 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2342 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2343 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2344 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2345 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2347 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2348 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2349 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2350 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2353 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2354 new tab in an existing window instead.
2356 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2357 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2361 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2364 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2367 When called interactively, if variable
2368 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2369 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2370 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2371 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2374 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2375 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2377 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2378 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2380 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2381 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2382 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2383 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2384 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2385 URL in a new window.
2387 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2390 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2391 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2392 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2396 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2397 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2399 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2400 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2401 new tab in an existing window instead.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2420 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2421 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2424 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2431 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2432 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2433 program is invoked according to the variable
2434 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2436 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2437 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2438 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2439 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2442 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2446 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2447 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2448 Default to the URL around or before point.
2450 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2451 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2452 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2454 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2455 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2456 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2457 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2459 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2460 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point.
2468 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2469 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2470 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2473 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2477 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2479 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2480 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2486 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2487 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2488 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2489 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2495 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2496 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2497 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2501 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2502 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2510 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2511 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2512 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2513 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2518 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2519 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2529 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2530 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2531 don't offer a form of remote control.
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2539 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2541 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2542 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2543 Default to the URL around the point.
2545 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2546 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2548 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2549 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2551 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18177
2557 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2559 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2560 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2564 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2565 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2571 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2572 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18213 1252))
2573 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2575 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2576 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2577 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2578 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2582 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2583 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2584 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2585 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2589 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2590 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2594 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2595 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2597 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2598 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2599 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2600 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2602 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2603 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2604 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2605 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2606 name of buffer configuration.
2612 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18190 39683))
2613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2615 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2622 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2623 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18190
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2627 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" 'push-button) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'push-button) map) "\
2628 Keymap used by buttons.")
2630 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] 'forward-button) (define-key map "\e " 'backward-button) (define-key map [backtab] 'backward-button) map) "\
2631 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2632 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2634 (autoload 'define-button-type "button" "\
2635 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2638 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2639 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2641 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2642 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2643 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2644 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2646 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2648 (autoload 'make-button "button" "\
2649 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2650 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2651 specifying properties to add to the button.
2652 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2653 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2654 `define-button-type'.
2656 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2658 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2660 (autoload 'insert-button "button" "\
2661 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2662 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2663 specifying properties to add to the button.
2664 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2665 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2666 `define-button-type'.
2668 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2670 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2672 (autoload 'make-text-button "button" "\
2673 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2674 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2675 specifying properties to add to the button.
2676 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2677 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2678 `define-button-type'.
2680 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2681 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2682 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2685 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2687 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2689 (autoload 'insert-text-button "button" "\
2690 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2691 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2692 specifying properties to add to the button.
2693 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2694 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2695 `define-button-type'.
2697 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2698 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2699 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2700 `insert-text-button'.
2702 Also see `make-text-button'.
2704 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2708 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2709 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2710 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2711 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2712 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2713 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
2714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2715 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2716 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2717 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2718 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2720 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2725 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2726 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2727 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2728 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2729 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2730 else the global value will be modified.
2732 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2734 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2735 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2736 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2737 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2738 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2739 else the global value will be modified.
2741 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2743 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2744 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2745 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2747 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2749 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2750 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2751 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2754 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2755 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2756 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2757 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2758 whether to compile it.
2760 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2762 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2763 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2765 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2766 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2768 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2770 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2771 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2772 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2773 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2775 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2778 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2779 Print the result in the echo area.
2780 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2784 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2785 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2786 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2788 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2790 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2791 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2792 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2793 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2794 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2795 all functions called by those functions.
2797 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2798 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2801 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2802 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2803 invoked interactively.
2805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2808 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2815 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2816 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2817 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2818 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2819 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2820 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2823 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2825 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2827 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2828 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2830 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2831 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2832 and corresponding effects.
2834 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18177 856))
2839 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2841 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2843 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2847 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2848 ;;;;;; (18190 39681))
2849 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2851 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "cal-hebrew" "\
2852 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2853 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2854 from the cursor position.
2856 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2861 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2862 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2863 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2866 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2867 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2869 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2870 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2872 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2873 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2877 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2878 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2880 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2882 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2885 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2888 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2892 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2893 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2894 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2895 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2897 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2899 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2900 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2901 This is most useful in the X window system.
2902 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2903 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2905 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2907 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 See calc-keypad for details.
2911 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2913 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2914 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2916 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2918 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2919 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2921 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2923 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2924 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2926 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2929 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2930 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2932 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2937 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2941 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18213
2943 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2945 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2946 Run the Emacs calculator.
2947 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2953 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2954 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2955 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2956 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2957 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2958 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2959 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2960 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2961 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2962 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2963 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2964 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2965 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2966 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2967 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2968 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2969 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2970 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18190 39681))
2971 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2973 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2974 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2975 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2976 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2979 (custom-autoload 'calendar-offset "calendar" t)
2981 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2982 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2983 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2984 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2985 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2986 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2988 (custom-autoload 'view-diary-entries-initially "calendar" t)
2990 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2991 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2992 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2994 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-in-calendar "calendar" t)
2996 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2997 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2998 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
3000 (custom-autoload 'calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting "calendar" t)
3002 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
3003 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
3004 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
3007 (custom-autoload 'view-calendar-holidays-initially "calendar" t)
3009 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
3010 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
3011 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
3013 (custom-autoload 'mark-holidays-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3015 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
3016 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
3017 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3019 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
3021 (custom-autoload 'all-hebrew-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3023 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
3024 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
3025 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3027 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
3030 (custom-autoload 'all-christian-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3032 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
3033 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
3034 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3036 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
3039 (custom-autoload 'all-islamic-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3041 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3042 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3043 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3045 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3048 (custom-autoload 'all-bahai-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3050 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3051 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3052 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3054 (custom-autoload 'calendar-load-hook "calendar" t)
3056 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3057 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3058 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3059 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3060 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3062 (custom-autoload 'initial-calendar-window-hook "calendar" t)
3064 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3065 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3066 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3067 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3068 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3069 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3070 a function is also provided for this:
3071 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3073 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3074 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3075 date is not visible in the window.
3077 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3078 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3079 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3081 (custom-autoload 'today-visible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3083 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3084 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3086 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3087 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3088 date is visible in the window.
3090 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3091 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3092 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3094 (custom-autoload 'today-invisible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3096 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3097 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3101 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3103 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3105 (custom-autoload 'calendar-move-hook "calendar" t)
3107 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3108 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3110 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3111 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3119 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3120 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3121 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3122 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3123 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3124 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3125 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3126 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3127 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3128 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3129 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3130 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3133 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3134 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3135 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3136 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3144 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3145 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3147 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3148 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3149 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3150 window but will appear in a diary window.
3152 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3153 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3155 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3156 entries (in the default American style):
3158 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3159 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3160 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3162 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3163 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3164 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3165 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3166 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3167 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3168 &* 15 time cards due.
3170 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3171 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3172 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3176 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3177 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3178 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3179 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3180 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3181 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3183 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3184 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3185 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3187 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3189 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3191 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3192 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3193 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3194 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3195 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3196 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3197 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3198 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3199 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3200 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3203 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3204 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3205 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3206 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3207 documentation for these functions for details.
3209 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3210 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3212 (custom-autoload 'diary-file "calendar" t)
3214 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3215 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3217 (custom-autoload 'diary-nonmarking-symbol "calendar" t)
3219 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3220 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3222 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3224 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3225 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3227 (custom-autoload 'islamic-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3229 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3230 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3232 (custom-autoload 'bahai-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3234 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3235 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3236 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3238 (custom-autoload 'diary-include-string "calendar" t)
3240 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3241 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3242 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3244 (custom-autoload 'sexp-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3246 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3247 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3248 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3249 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3252 (custom-autoload 'abbreviated-calendar-year "calendar" t)
3254 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3255 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3256 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3257 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3266 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3267 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3268 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3271 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3272 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3273 `american-calendar'.")
3275 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-style "calendar" nil)
3277 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3278 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3279 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3281 (custom-autoload 'american-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3283 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3284 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3285 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3287 (custom-autoload 'european-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3289 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
3290 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3291 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3293 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3295 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
3296 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3297 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3299 (custom-autoload 'american-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3301 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
3302 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3303 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3304 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3305 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3306 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3308 (custom-autoload 'print-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3310 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3311 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3312 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3314 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3315 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3316 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3319 #include \"filename\"
3321 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3322 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3323 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3324 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3325 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3327 For example, you could use
3329 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3330 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3331 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3333 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3334 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3335 lexicographic order.")
3337 (custom-autoload 'list-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3339 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3340 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3341 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3343 (custom-autoload 'diary-hook "calendar" t)
3345 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3346 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3347 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3350 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3351 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3352 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3353 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3354 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3355 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3356 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3358 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3359 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3360 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3361 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3362 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3363 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3364 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3365 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3367 (custom-autoload 'diary-display-hook "calendar" nil)
3369 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3370 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3371 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3372 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3373 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3374 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3375 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3377 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-listing-hook "calendar" t)
3379 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3380 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3382 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3383 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3384 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3386 #include \"filename\"
3387 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3388 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3389 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3390 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3391 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3393 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3395 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3396 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3397 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3398 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3399 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3400 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3401 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3403 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-marking-hook "calendar" t)
3405 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3406 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3407 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3410 (custom-autoload 'diary-list-include-blanks "calendar" t)
3412 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3413 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3414 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3415 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3416 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3418 (custom-autoload 'holidays-in-diary-buffer "calendar" t)
3420 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3422 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
3423 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3426 (custom-autoload 'general-holidays "calendar" t)
3428 (put 'oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3430 (defvar oriental-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (holiday-chinese-new-year))) "\
3432 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3434 (custom-autoload 'oriental-holidays "calendar" t)
3436 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3438 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3440 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3442 (custom-autoload 'local-holidays "calendar" t)
3444 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3446 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3447 User defined holidays.
3448 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3450 (custom-autoload 'other-holidays "calendar" t)
3452 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
3454 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
3456 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
3458 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
3460 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
3462 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
3464 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
3466 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
3468 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3470 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3472 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3474 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-holidays "calendar" t)
3476 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3478 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
3480 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3482 (custom-autoload 'christian-holidays "calendar" t)
3484 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3486 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
3488 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3490 (custom-autoload 'islamic-holidays "calendar" t)
3492 (put 'bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3494 (defvar bahai-holidays '((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))) "\
3496 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3498 (custom-autoload 'bahai-holidays "calendar" t)
3500 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3502 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
3503 Sun-related holidays.
3504 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3506 (custom-autoload 'solar-holidays "calendar" t)
3508 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3510 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3511 The frame setup of the calendar.
3512 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3513 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3514 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3515 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3516 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3518 (custom-autoload 'calendar-setup "calendar" t)
3520 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3521 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3522 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3524 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3525 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3529 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3530 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3531 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3533 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3534 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3535 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3536 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3538 (custom-autoload 'calendar-week-start-day "calendar" nil)
3542 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3543 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18177 860))
3544 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3546 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3547 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3549 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3551 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3552 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3553 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3560 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3561 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
3562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3564 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3565 Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
3567 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3568 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3569 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3570 restriction to ASCII.
3572 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3577 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3578 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3579 boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3581 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3582 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3583 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3584 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3585 the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
3586 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3587 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3589 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3590 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18177
3598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3599 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3603 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3604 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
3605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3607 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3608 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3614 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3615 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3616 ;;;;;; (18194 36640))
3617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3619 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3620 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3621 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3622 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3623 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3624 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3625 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3627 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3629 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3630 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3631 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3632 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3633 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3634 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3635 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3636 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3638 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3639 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3640 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3641 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3642 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3643 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3645 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3647 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3648 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3655 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3656 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3658 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3659 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3660 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3661 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3662 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3663 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3666 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3668 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3669 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3676 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3677 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3678 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3680 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3681 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3682 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3683 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3684 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3685 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3688 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3690 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3691 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3698 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3699 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3700 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3702 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3703 Major mode for editing Java code.
3704 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3705 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3706 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3707 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3710 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3712 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3713 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3720 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3721 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3722 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3724 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3725 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3726 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3727 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3728 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3729 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3732 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3734 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3735 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3742 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3743 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3744 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3745 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3747 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3748 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3749 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3750 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3751 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3752 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3755 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3757 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3758 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3764 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3765 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3766 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3767 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3768 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3769 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3773 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3774 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18194 36640))
3775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3777 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3778 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3779 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3780 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3782 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3784 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3785 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3788 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3789 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3790 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3791 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3794 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3795 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3796 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3797 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3800 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3802 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3803 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3804 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3805 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3807 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3809 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3810 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3811 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3813 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3815 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3816 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3817 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3818 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3819 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3821 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (18177
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3828 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18177 872))
3833 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3834 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3835 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3836 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3840 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3841 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3843 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3845 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3846 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3848 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3850 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3851 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3853 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3855 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3856 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3858 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3859 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3860 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3861 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3864 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3866 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3868 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3869 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3871 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3872 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3876 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3877 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3878 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3879 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3880 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3883 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3884 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3885 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3886 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3888 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3889 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3892 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3894 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3896 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3899 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3900 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3902 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3903 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3904 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3907 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3909 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3910 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3911 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3913 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3915 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3917 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3918 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3920 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3924 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3926 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3928 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3929 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3932 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3933 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3936 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3938 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3939 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3940 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3941 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3942 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3943 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3944 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3945 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3946 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3947 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3948 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3949 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3950 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3951 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3952 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3953 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3956 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3957 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3959 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3960 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3962 | (write EXPRESSION)
3963 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3964 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3967 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3970 ;; Same as: (write string)
3972 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3973 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3974 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3977 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3978 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3979 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3980 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3981 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3982 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3984 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3985 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3987 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3990 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3991 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3992 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3994 ARG := REG | integer
3997 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
4000 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
4003 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4006 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4007 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4010 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4011 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4012 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4015 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4016 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4017 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4020 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4021 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4023 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4024 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4025 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4028 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4029 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4032 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4033 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
4035 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4038 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4042 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4043 ;; Same meaning as C code
4044 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4046 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4051 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4052 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4055 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4056 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4060 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4064 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4065 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4066 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4068 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4069 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4070 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
4072 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4073 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4074 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4075 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4076 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4079 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4081 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4082 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4083 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4084 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4085 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4086 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4088 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4090 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4091 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4092 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4094 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4096 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4100 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4104 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
4105 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4106 There are no special keybindings by default.
4108 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4109 to the action header.
4115 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4116 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4117 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4118 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4119 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4120 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4121 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4122 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4123 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
4124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4125 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4126 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4128 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4129 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4130 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4131 the users will view as each check is completed.
4135 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4136 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4137 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4138 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4139 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4140 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4141 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4142 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4144 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4146 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4147 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4148 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4149 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4150 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4151 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4152 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4153 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4155 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4157 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4158 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4159 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4160 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4161 spacing are all verified.
4165 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4166 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4167 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4168 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4169 otherwise stop after the first error.
4171 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4173 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4174 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4175 Only documentation strings are checked.
4176 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4177 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4180 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4182 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4183 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4184 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4185 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4186 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4188 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4190 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4191 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4192 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4193 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4196 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4198 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4199 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4200 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4201 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4203 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4205 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4207 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4208 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4209 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4211 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4213 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4214 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4215 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4216 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4217 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4221 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4222 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4223 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4224 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4225 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4226 space at the end of each line.
4228 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4230 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4231 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4232 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4233 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4235 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4237 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4238 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4239 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4240 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4242 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4244 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4245 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4246 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4249 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4251 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4252 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4253 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4254 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4256 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4258 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4259 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4260 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4261 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4263 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4265 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4266 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4267 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4268 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4270 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4272 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4273 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4274 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4275 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4277 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4279 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4280 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4281 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4282 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4284 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4286 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4287 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4288 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4289 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4291 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4293 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4294 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4295 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4298 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4299 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4300 checking of documentation strings.
4302 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4308 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
4309 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
4310 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18177 866))
4311 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4313 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4314 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4315 Return the length of resulting text.
4317 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4319 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4320 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4324 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4325 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4326 Return the length of resulting text.
4328 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4330 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4331 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4335 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4340 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4343 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4347 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4348 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18177 856))
4349 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4351 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4352 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4353 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4354 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4355 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4356 editing and the result is evaluated.
4358 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4360 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4361 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4362 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4363 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4364 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4366 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4370 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4371 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4372 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4373 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4374 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4376 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4377 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4378 \\{command-history-map}
4380 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4381 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18231 31065))
4388 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4390 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4391 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4392 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4393 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4394 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4395 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4397 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4398 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4402 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4406 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4409 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4413 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4417 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4418 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4419 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4420 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4422 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4423 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4424 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4425 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4427 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4428 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4430 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18177
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4438 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4439 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4440 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4441 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4442 of `scheme-program-name').
4443 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4444 it is given as initial input.
4445 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4446 discards input when it starts up.
4447 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4449 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4452 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4456 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
4458 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4460 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4461 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
4463 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4468 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4469 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4470 ;;;;;; (18213 1253))
4471 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4473 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4474 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4475 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4476 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4477 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4478 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4479 functions have already modified the buffer.
4481 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4483 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4484 either globally or locally.")
4486 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4488 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4489 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4490 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4491 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4492 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4493 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4494 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4495 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4497 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4499 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4501 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4502 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4503 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4504 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4505 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4506 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4507 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4508 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4510 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4512 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4514 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4515 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4516 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4517 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4518 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4519 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4521 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4523 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4524 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4525 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4526 directory tracking functions.")
4528 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4529 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4530 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4532 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4534 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4536 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4537 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4538 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4540 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4542 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4544 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to current process.
4546 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4547 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4549 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4551 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4552 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4553 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4554 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4556 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18177
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4564 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4565 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4566 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4567 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4569 This command pushes the mark in each window
4570 at the prior location of point in that window.
4571 If both windows display the same buffer,
4572 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4573 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4575 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4576 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4577 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4578 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4579 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4580 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4581 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4584 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4585 this command work in interlaced mode:
4586 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4587 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4588 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4590 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4595 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4596 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4597 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4598 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18213 1259))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4601 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4602 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4604 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4606 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4607 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4609 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4611 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4612 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4613 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4614 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4615 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4616 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4617 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4619 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4620 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4621 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4622 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4623 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4625 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4626 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4627 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4628 describing how the process finished.")
4630 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4631 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4632 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4633 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4634 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4636 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4637 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4638 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4640 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4642 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4643 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4644 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4645 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4647 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4649 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4650 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4652 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4653 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4655 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4657 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4658 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4659 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4660 (concat \"make -k \"
4661 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4663 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4664 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4666 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4667 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4668 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4669 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4671 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4673 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4674 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4675 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4676 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4678 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4679 and move to the source code that caused it.
4681 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4682 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4684 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4685 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4686 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4687 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4689 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4690 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4691 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4692 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4694 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4695 kills its subprocesses.
4697 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4698 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4699 to a function that generates a unique name.
4701 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4703 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4704 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4705 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4706 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4708 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4709 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4711 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4712 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4713 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4714 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4716 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4717 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4718 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4720 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4722 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4724 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4725 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4726 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4727 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4728 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4730 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4732 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4734 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4736 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4737 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4738 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4739 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4740 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4741 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4742 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4746 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4747 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4748 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4749 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4750 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4751 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4755 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4756 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4757 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4759 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4761 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4765 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4766 ;;;;;; (18213 1253))
4767 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4769 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4770 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4771 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4774 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4776 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4778 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4779 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4780 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4782 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4783 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4784 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4785 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4787 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4788 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4789 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4790 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4792 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4793 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4794 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4795 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4797 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4798 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4799 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4800 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4801 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4807 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4808 ;;;;;; (18190 39674))
4809 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4811 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4812 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4813 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4816 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4818 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4820 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4821 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4827 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4828 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18177
4830 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4832 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4833 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4834 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4835 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4837 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4839 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4840 Toggle Auto Compostion mode.
4841 With arg, turn Auto Compostion mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
4842 number; if arg is nil, toggle Auto Compostion mode; anything else turns Auto
4845 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4846 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4848 You can use Global Auto Composition mode to automagically turn on
4849 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4853 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4854 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4855 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4856 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4857 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4858 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4860 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4862 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4863 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4864 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4865 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4866 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4868 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4872 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4873 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4874 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4875 ;;;;;; (18213 1260))
4876 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4878 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4879 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4880 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4881 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4882 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4883 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4884 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4886 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4887 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4888 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4890 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4891 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4892 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4894 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4895 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4896 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4897 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4899 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4900 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4901 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4902 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4903 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4904 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4905 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4911 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4912 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4913 Comments start with `#'.
4914 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4916 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4926 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4927 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4928 Comments start with `;'.
4929 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4931 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4933 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4934 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4935 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4937 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4938 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4942 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4943 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4944 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4945 between `/*' and `*/'.
4946 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4948 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4949 // another kind of comment
4961 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4962 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4963 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4964 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4965 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4966 `conf-space-keywords'.
4967 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4968 in an interactive fashion instead.
4970 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4972 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4974 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4978 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4980 # Standard multimedia devices
4981 add /dev/audio desktop
4982 add /dev/mixer desktop
4986 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4987 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4988 See `conf-space-mode'.
4990 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4992 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4993 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4994 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4995 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4997 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4999 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5000 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5004 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5005 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5006 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5007 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5009 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5011 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5012 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5016 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5017 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5018 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5019 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5021 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5030 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5031 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18177 871))
5032 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5034 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5035 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5036 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5037 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5039 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5041 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5042 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5043 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5044 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5046 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5048 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5049 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5050 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5051 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5053 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5055 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
5056 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5058 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5062 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5063 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18190 39681))
5064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5066 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5067 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5068 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5069 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5070 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5071 following the copyright are updated as well.
5072 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5075 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5077 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5078 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5079 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5083 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5084 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5086 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5090 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5091 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18231 31069))
5092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5093 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5095 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5096 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5097 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5098 Tab indents for Perl code.
5099 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5100 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5102 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5103 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5104 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5105 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5106 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5107 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5108 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5109 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5110 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5111 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5112 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5113 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5115 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5117 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5118 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5120 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5122 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5123 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5124 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5125 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5126 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5127 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5128 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5129 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5130 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5132 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5136 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5137 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5138 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5141 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5142 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5143 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5145 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5147 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5148 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5149 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5150 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5151 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5153 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5163 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5164 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5165 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5166 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5167 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5168 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5169 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5170 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5171 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5172 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5173 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5174 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5175 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5177 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5178 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5179 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5180 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5181 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5182 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5184 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5185 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5188 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5189 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5190 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5191 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5192 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5194 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5195 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5196 span the needed amount of lines.
5198 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5199 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5200 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5201 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5203 Variables controlling indentation style:
5204 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5205 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5206 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5207 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5208 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5209 `cperl-auto-newline'
5210 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5211 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5212 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5213 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5214 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5215 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5216 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5217 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5218 `cperl-indent-level'
5219 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5220 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5221 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5222 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5223 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5224 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5225 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5226 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5227 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5228 `cperl-brace-offset'
5229 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5230 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5231 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5232 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5233 `cperl-label-offset'
5234 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5235 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5236 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5238 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5239 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5240 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5241 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5242 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5243 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5245 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5246 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5247 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5248 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5250 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5251 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5252 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5253 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5254 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5255 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5257 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5258 column 0 is indented on
5259 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5261 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5264 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5265 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5266 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5270 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5271 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5275 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5276 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5282 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5286 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5287 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5288 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5289 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5290 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5294 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5295 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5305 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5306 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5307 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5308 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5311 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5313 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5315 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5316 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5317 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5321 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5325 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5329 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5330 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5331 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5332 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5334 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5335 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5336 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5337 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5339 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5340 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5341 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5343 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5344 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5347 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5348 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5349 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5351 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5353 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5354 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5355 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5357 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5361 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18213
5363 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5364 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5366 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5367 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5373 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5374 ;;;;;; (18190 39682))
5375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5377 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5378 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5379 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5381 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5382 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5384 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5386 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5387 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5388 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5389 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5390 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5392 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5393 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5394 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5395 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5396 function of these prefix keys.
5398 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5399 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5401 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5402 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5403 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5405 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5406 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5407 the prefix fallback behavior.
5409 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5410 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5411 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5412 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5416 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5417 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5423 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5424 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5425 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5426 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5427 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5428 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5429 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5430 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5431 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5432 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5433 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
5434 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5436 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5437 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5439 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5441 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5442 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5444 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5446 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5447 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5449 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5450 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5452 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5453 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5455 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5456 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5458 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5459 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5461 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5463 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5465 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5466 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5467 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5469 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5470 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5472 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5473 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5475 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5476 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5478 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5480 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5482 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5483 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5486 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5487 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5489 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5490 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5492 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5493 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5495 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5497 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5499 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5500 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5501 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5502 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5503 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5507 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5508 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5509 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5510 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5514 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5515 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5517 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5519 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5520 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5522 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5524 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5526 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5527 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5529 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5531 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5533 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5534 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5535 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5537 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5539 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5540 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5541 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5542 as part of Emacs itself.
5544 Each elements looks like this:
5546 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5548 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5549 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5550 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5551 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5552 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5553 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5554 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5557 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5559 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5560 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5561 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5562 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5563 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5565 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5566 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5567 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5568 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5570 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5572 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5573 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5574 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5575 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5576 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5578 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5579 that were added or redefined since that version.
5581 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5583 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5584 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5585 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5586 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5588 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5589 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5591 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5593 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5594 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5595 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5597 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5598 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5600 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5602 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5603 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5607 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5608 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5612 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5613 Customize all already saved user options.
5617 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5618 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5619 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5620 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5621 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5622 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5623 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5624 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5626 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5628 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5629 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5630 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5631 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5633 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5635 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5636 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5638 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5640 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5641 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5643 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5645 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5646 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5647 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5648 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5649 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5652 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5654 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5655 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5656 The result includes selecting that window.
5657 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5658 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5659 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5662 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5664 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5665 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5667 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5669 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5670 File used for storing customization information.
5671 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5672 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5673 it should be an absolute file name.
5675 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5676 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5677 something like the following in your init file:
5679 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5682 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5683 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5685 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5686 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5687 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5688 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5689 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5691 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5692 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5693 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5694 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5695 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5696 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5697 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5698 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5699 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5700 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5702 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5704 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5705 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5709 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5710 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5714 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5715 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5716 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5718 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5720 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5721 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5722 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5723 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5724 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5726 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5730 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5731 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18190 39674))
5732 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5734 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
5735 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5737 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5739 (defconst custom-face-attributes '((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth `(:line-width ,lwidth)) (and color `(:color ,color)) (and style `(:style ,style))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value 'unspecified)) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value)))) "\
5740 Alist of face attributes.
5742 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5743 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5744 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5745 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5746 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5747 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5749 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5750 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5751 customization type TYPE).
5753 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5754 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5755 given face attribute.")
5757 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
5758 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5759 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5760 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5762 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5764 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5765 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5766 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5767 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5768 between themes and faces.
5769 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5771 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5772 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5774 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5776 (autoload 'custom-theme-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5777 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5778 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5782 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5784 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5786 (autoload 'custom-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5787 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5788 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5790 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5794 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5796 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5800 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5804 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5805 Create a custom theme.
5811 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5812 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
5813 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5815 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5816 Mode used for cvs status output.
5822 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5823 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18177 872))
5824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5826 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5827 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5829 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5830 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5831 C++ modes are included.
5833 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5837 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5840 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5841 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5845 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5846 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5847 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5850 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5852 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5854 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5855 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5856 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5857 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5858 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5864 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5865 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5867 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5869 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5870 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5872 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5874 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5875 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5877 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5879 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5880 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5881 For readability, the table is slightly
5882 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5884 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5885 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5886 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5887 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5888 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5890 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5894 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5896 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5897 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5898 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5900 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5901 Completion on current word.
5902 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5903 and presents suggestions for completion.
5905 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5906 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5909 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5910 then it searches *all* buffers.
5912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5914 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5915 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5917 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5918 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5919 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5920 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5921 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5923 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5924 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5926 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5927 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5928 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5930 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5931 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5933 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5939 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18213
5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5943 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5944 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5946 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5947 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5948 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5950 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5951 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5952 Data lines are not indented.
5957 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5959 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5960 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5961 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5962 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5964 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5967 Extra indentation within blocks.
5969 dcl-continuation-offset
5970 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5973 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5975 dcl-margin-label-offset
5976 Indentation for a label.
5978 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5979 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5981 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5982 dcl-block-end-regexp
5983 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5984 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5985 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5986 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5987 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5989 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5990 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5991 Two such functions are included in the package:
5992 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5993 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5995 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5996 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5997 One such function is included in the package:
5998 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6000 dcl-tab-always-indent
6001 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6002 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6005 dcl-electric-characters
6006 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6009 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6010 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6011 which words trigger electric indentation.
6014 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6015 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6016 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6018 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6019 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6020 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6021 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6023 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6024 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6025 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6026 dcl-imenu-label-call
6027 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6029 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6030 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6031 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6032 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6035 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6037 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6038 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6039 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6041 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6042 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6046 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6047 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6048 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6049 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6050 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6051 \"lined up with the command line\"
6053 Data lines are not indented at all.
6054 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6059 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6060 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6066 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6067 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18195 4246))
6068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6070 (setq debugger 'debug)
6072 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6073 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6074 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6077 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6078 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6079 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6081 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6083 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6084 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6086 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6088 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6089 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6090 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6091 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6092 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6093 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6095 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6096 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6098 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6100 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6101 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6102 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6103 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6104 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6106 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6110 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6111 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
6112 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6114 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6115 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6119 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6120 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6121 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6122 Upper-case letters are commands.
6124 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6127 The most useful commands are:
6128 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6129 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6130 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6131 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6132 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6133 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6139 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6140 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18177
6142 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6144 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6145 Customization of `columns' group.
6149 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6150 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6152 START and END delimits the text region.
6154 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6156 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6157 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6159 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6161 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6165 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18203
6167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6169 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
6170 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6171 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6172 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6173 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6174 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6176 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6180 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6181 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6182 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6183 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6184 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6185 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6186 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6187 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6188 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6189 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6190 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6191 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6193 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6194 Directories to search when finding external units.
6195 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6196 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6200 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6201 Face used to color delphi comments.
6202 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6203 Face used to color delphi strings.
6204 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6205 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6206 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6207 Face used to color everything else.
6209 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6210 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6212 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6216 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18231
6218 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6220 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6222 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6223 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6224 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6227 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6229 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6231 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6232 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6233 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6236 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6237 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6238 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6245 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6246 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18177 857))
6247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6249 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6250 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6252 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6254 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6255 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6256 or nil if there is no parent.
6257 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6258 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6259 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6260 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6261 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6263 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6264 arguments are currently understood:
6266 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6267 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6269 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6270 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6272 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6273 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6275 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6277 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6279 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6280 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6281 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6283 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6284 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6286 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6287 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6288 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6290 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6291 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6293 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6294 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6296 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6298 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6300 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6301 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6302 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6303 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6304 the first time the mode is used.
6306 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6310 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6311 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18231 31060))
6312 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6314 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6315 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6316 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6317 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6318 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6321 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6323 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6324 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6325 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6326 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6327 character composition information (if relevant),
6328 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6335 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6336 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6337 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18231 31060))
6338 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6340 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6341 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6342 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6344 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6346 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6347 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6348 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6349 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6350 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6351 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6355 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6356 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6357 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6358 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6360 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6362 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6363 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6364 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6366 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6367 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6368 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6370 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6371 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6373 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6374 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6375 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6377 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6378 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6379 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6380 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6382 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6384 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6385 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6387 Handlers are called with argument list
6389 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6391 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6393 desktop-file-version
6394 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6395 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6396 desktop-buffer-point
6398 desktop-buffer-read-only
6399 desktop-buffer-locals
6401 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6402 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6404 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6407 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6409 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6410 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6412 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6414 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6416 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6417 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6418 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6419 List elements must have the form
6421 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6423 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6426 Handlers are called with argument list
6428 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6430 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6432 desktop-file-version
6433 desktop-buffer-file-name
6435 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6436 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6437 desktop-buffer-point
6439 desktop-buffer-read-only
6442 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6443 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6446 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6449 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6451 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6452 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6454 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6456 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6458 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6460 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6462 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6463 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6464 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6468 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6469 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6470 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6471 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6472 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6474 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6476 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6477 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6478 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6482 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6483 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6484 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6485 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6486 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6487 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6488 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6489 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6491 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6493 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6494 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6495 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6499 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6500 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6501 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6502 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6505 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6507 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6508 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6512 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6513 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6519 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6520 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6521 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18231 31065))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6524 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6525 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6526 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6527 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6528 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6529 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6531 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6533 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6534 Repair a broken attribution line.
6535 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6537 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6539 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6540 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6541 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6542 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6544 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6546 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6547 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6553 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-composition-function devanagari-post-read-conversion
6554 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
6556 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6558 (autoload 'devanagari-compose-region "devan-util" "\
6561 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6563 (autoload 'devanagari-post-read-conversion "devan-util" "\
6568 (autoload 'devanagari-composition-function "devan-util" "\
6569 Compose Devanagari characters after the position POS.
6570 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
6571 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
6573 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
6577 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6578 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18190 39681))
6579 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6581 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6582 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6583 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6584 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6585 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6589 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6590 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6591 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6592 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6594 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6595 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6596 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6597 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6600 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6602 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6603 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6604 european-calendar-style t \\
6605 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6606 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6607 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6609 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6610 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6611 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6612 to run it every morning at 1am.
6614 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6616 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6617 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6623 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6624 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18213 1253))
6625 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6627 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6628 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6630 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6632 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6633 *The command to use to run diff.")
6635 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6637 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6638 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6639 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6640 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6641 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6642 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6644 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6646 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6647 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6648 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6649 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6650 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6651 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6653 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6657 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6658 ;;;;;; (18213 1253))
6659 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6661 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6662 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6663 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6666 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6667 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6668 headers for you on-the-fly.
6670 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6671 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6672 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6678 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6679 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6680 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6686 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6687 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6688 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6689 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6690 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18203 51788))
6691 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6693 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6694 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6695 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6696 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6697 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6698 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6699 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6700 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6702 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6704 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6705 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6707 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6708 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6709 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6710 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6711 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6713 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6714 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6716 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6717 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6718 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6719 always set this variable to t.")
6721 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6723 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6724 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6725 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6726 A value of t means move to first file.")
6728 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6730 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6731 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6732 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6733 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6734 are afterward marked with that character.")
6736 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6738 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6739 *Controls marking of copied files.
6740 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6741 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6743 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6745 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6746 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6747 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6748 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6750 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6752 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6753 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6754 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6755 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6757 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6759 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6760 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6761 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6762 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6764 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6766 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6768 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6769 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6770 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6772 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6774 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6775 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6776 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6777 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6778 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6779 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6781 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6782 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6783 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6784 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6785 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6786 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6787 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6788 list of files to make directory entries for.
6789 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6790 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6791 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6792 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6794 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6796 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6797 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6799 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6800 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6802 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6803 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6805 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6806 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6808 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6810 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6811 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6813 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6815 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6816 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6817 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6818 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6819 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6820 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6821 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6822 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6823 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6824 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6825 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6826 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6827 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6828 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6829 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6830 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6831 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6832 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6833 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6834 to see why something went wrong.
6835 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6836 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6837 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6838 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6839 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6840 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6841 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6842 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6843 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6844 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6845 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6846 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6847 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6849 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6850 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6851 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6852 again for the directory tree.
6854 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6857 `dired-listing-switches'
6858 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6859 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6862 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6863 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6864 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6865 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6867 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6869 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6870 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6877 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6878 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6882 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6883 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6884 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6885 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6886 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6887 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6888 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6889 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6890 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6891 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6892 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6893 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6894 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6895 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18231 31060))
6896 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6898 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6899 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6900 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6901 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6902 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6903 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6904 which is options for `diff'.
6906 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6908 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6909 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6910 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6911 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6912 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6913 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6915 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6917 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6918 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6919 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6920 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6921 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6922 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6923 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6925 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6927 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6928 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6929 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6930 returned by function `file-attributes'
6932 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6933 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6935 Examples of PREDICATE:
6937 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6938 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6939 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6940 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6941 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6943 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6945 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6946 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6947 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6951 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6952 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6956 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6957 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6961 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6962 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6967 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6968 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6969 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6970 `lpr-switches' as default.
6972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6974 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6975 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6976 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6977 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6978 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6980 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6981 with a prefix argument.
6985 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6986 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6987 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6988 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6989 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6991 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6992 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6994 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6995 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6996 file name substituted for `?'.
6998 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6999 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7001 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7002 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7003 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7004 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7006 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7008 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7009 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7010 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7012 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7013 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7016 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7017 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7018 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7020 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7022 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7025 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7027 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
7028 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7029 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7030 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7031 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7032 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7033 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7034 from the buffer as well.
7035 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7036 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7037 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7039 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7041 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
7044 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7046 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
7049 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7051 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
7052 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7056 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
7057 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7061 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
7062 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7066 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
7067 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7068 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7069 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7071 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7072 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7073 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7074 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7075 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7076 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7077 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7079 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7081 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
7084 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7086 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
7089 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7091 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
7092 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7094 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7096 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
7099 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7101 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
7104 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7106 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
7107 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7109 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7111 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
7112 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7113 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7114 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7115 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7116 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7117 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7118 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7119 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7121 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7126 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
7127 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7128 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7129 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7130 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7131 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7132 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7133 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7135 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7139 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
7140 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7141 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7142 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7143 and new hard links are made in that directory
7144 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7145 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7146 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7150 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
7151 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7152 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7153 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7154 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7155 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7156 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7160 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7161 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7163 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7164 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7165 file if none are marked.
7167 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7168 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7169 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7170 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7172 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7173 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7175 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7177 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7178 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7179 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7181 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7183 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7184 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7185 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7187 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7189 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7190 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7191 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7193 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7195 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
7196 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7200 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
7201 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7205 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7206 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7207 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7208 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7209 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7210 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7212 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7214 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7215 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7216 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7217 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7218 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7219 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7220 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7222 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7224 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7225 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7226 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7227 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7228 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7229 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7231 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7233 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7235 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7236 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7237 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7239 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7241 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7242 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7243 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7244 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7248 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
7249 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7250 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7251 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7255 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7256 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7257 Lower levels are unaffected.
7259 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7261 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
7262 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7266 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
7267 Go down in the dired tree.
7271 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7272 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7273 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7274 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7278 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
7279 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7280 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7281 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7285 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
7286 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7287 Stops when a match is found.
7288 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7290 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7292 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7293 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7294 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7295 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7296 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7298 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7300 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
7301 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7302 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7303 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7305 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7309 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7310 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
7311 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7313 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
7314 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7315 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7316 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7317 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7318 buffer and try again.
7320 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7322 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
7323 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7324 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7325 This creates relative symbolic links like
7329 not absolute ones like
7331 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7333 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7339 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
7340 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
7341 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7343 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7344 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
7345 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
7346 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
7347 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
7348 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
7349 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
7351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7353 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7354 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7355 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7357 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
7359 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7360 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
7362 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7366 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18190
7368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7370 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7371 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7372 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7373 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7374 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7375 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7377 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7381 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7382 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7383 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7384 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7385 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7386 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18231 31060))
7387 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7389 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7390 Return a new, empty display table.
7394 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7395 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7396 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7397 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7398 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7400 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7402 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7403 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7404 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7405 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7406 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7408 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7410 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7411 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7415 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7416 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7420 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7421 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7425 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7426 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7430 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7431 Display character C using printable string S.
7435 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7436 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7437 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7438 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7440 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7442 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7443 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7444 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7447 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7449 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7450 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7452 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7454 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7455 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7457 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7459 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7460 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7462 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7464 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7465 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7467 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7469 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7470 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7472 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7474 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7475 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7477 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7478 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7479 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7480 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7482 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7483 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7484 European character display.
7486 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7487 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7488 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7489 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7491 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7492 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7493 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7494 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7495 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7501 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7503 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7505 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7506 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7507 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7508 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7509 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7510 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7511 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7518 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18177 856))
7519 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7521 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7522 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7523 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7524 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7525 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7526 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7528 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7529 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7530 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7531 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7532 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7534 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7538 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7539 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18177 875))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7542 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7543 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7544 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7545 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7546 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7547 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7548 table and its own syntax table.
7550 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7553 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7555 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7556 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7559 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7563 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode) "doc-view"
7564 ;;;;;; "doc-view.el" (18231 31060))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7567 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7568 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7569 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7570 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7574 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7575 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
7576 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7577 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18177 871))
7584 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7586 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7587 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18213 1254))
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7596 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7598 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7601 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7602 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7608 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18177 871))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7611 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7612 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7618 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7622 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7623 Play sounds in message buffers.
7629 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7630 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7631 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18203 51788))
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7634 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7636 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7637 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7638 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7639 and toggle command MODE.
7641 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7642 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7643 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7644 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7645 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7646 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7647 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7648 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7651 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7652 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7653 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7654 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7655 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7656 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7657 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7658 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7659 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7660 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7661 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7662 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7663 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7664 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7665 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7666 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7667 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7669 For example, you could write
7670 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7671 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7674 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7676 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7678 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7680 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7681 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7682 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7683 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7684 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7685 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7686 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7687 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7688 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7689 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7690 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7691 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7693 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7694 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7695 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7696 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7697 call another major mode in their body.
7699 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7701 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7702 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7703 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7704 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7705 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7706 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7707 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7709 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7711 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7714 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7716 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7717 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7718 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7720 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7724 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7725 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18177
7727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7729 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7731 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7732 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7734 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7735 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7736 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7738 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7739 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7743 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7744 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7748 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7749 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7753 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7754 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7756 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7758 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7760 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7762 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7763 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7765 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7766 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7768 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7770 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7772 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7776 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7777 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7778 computed automatically.
7779 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7783 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7785 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7786 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7787 keyboard equivalent.
7791 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7792 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7796 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7797 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7801 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7802 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7806 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7810 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7811 radio: A radio button.
7812 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7813 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7815 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7819 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7820 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7824 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7826 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7827 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7828 as a solid horizontal line.
7830 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7832 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7834 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7837 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7839 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7840 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7841 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7842 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7844 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7846 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7847 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7848 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7849 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7850 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7851 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7853 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7854 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7855 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7857 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7858 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7859 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7861 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7862 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7864 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7868 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7869 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7870 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7871 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7872 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7873 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7874 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7875 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18194 36640))
7876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7878 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7879 Customization for ebnf group.
7883 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7884 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7886 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7888 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7891 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7893 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7895 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7896 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7898 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7899 killed after process termination.
7901 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7903 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7905 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7906 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7908 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7909 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7912 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7913 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7914 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7915 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7917 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7919 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7920 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7921 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7923 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7925 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7926 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7928 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7930 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7933 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7935 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7937 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7938 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7940 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7941 killed after process termination.
7943 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7945 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7948 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7949 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7950 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7952 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7956 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7957 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7958 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7960 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7962 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7964 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7965 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7967 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7969 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7972 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7974 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7976 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7977 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7979 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7980 killed after EPS generation.
7982 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7984 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7986 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7987 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7989 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7990 The EPS file name has the following form:
7992 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7994 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7995 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7997 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7998 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7999 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8000 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8001 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8003 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8008 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8009 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8011 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8012 The EPS file name has the following form:
8014 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8016 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8017 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8019 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8020 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8021 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8022 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8023 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8025 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8028 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8030 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8032 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8033 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8035 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8037 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8040 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8042 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8044 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8045 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8047 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8048 killed after syntax checking.
8050 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8052 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8054 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8055 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8059 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8060 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8062 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8064 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8065 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8069 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8070 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8072 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8076 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8077 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8079 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8081 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8083 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8086 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8090 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8093 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8095 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8097 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8098 Set STYLE as the current style.
8100 Returns the old style symbol.
8102 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8106 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8107 Reset current style.
8109 Returns the old style symbol.
8111 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8113 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8115 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8116 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8118 Returns the old style symbol.
8120 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8122 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8124 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8126 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8129 Returns the old style symbol.
8131 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8133 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8139 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8140 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8141 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8142 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8143 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8144 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8145 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8146 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8147 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8148 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8149 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18195
8151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8153 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8154 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8155 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8156 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8157 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8158 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8160 Tree mode key bindings:
8161 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8165 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8166 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8170 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8171 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8173 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8177 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8178 View declaration of member at point.
8182 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8183 Find declaration of member at point.
8187 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8188 View definition of member at point.
8192 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8193 Find definition of member at point.
8197 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8198 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8202 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8203 View definition of member at point in other window.
8207 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8208 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8212 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8213 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8217 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8218 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8222 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8223 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8227 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8228 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8229 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8230 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8233 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8235 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8236 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8237 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8238 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8240 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8242 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8243 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8244 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8245 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8247 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8249 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8250 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8251 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8255 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8256 Search for call sites of a member.
8257 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8258 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8259 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8260 looks like a function call to the member.
8262 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8264 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8265 Move backward in the position stack.
8266 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8270 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8271 Move forward in the position stack.
8272 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8276 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8277 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8281 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8282 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8286 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8287 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8288 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8289 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8291 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8293 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8294 Display statistics for a class tree.
8300 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8301 ;;;;;; (18190 39674))
8302 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8304 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8305 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8306 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8307 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8309 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8310 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8311 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8313 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8314 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8315 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8317 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8319 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8325 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8326 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18190 39674))
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8329 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8330 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8331 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8333 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8337 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
8338 ;;;;;; (18230 21282))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
8341 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8348 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8349 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8350 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18195 4247))
8351 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8353 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8354 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8355 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8356 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8357 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8359 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8360 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8361 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8362 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8364 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8366 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8367 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8368 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8369 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8371 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8373 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8374 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8375 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8376 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8378 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8380 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8382 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8383 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8384 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8385 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8386 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8388 If you do this on a function definition
8389 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8390 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8391 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8392 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8394 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8395 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8396 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8397 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8402 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8403 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8407 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8408 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8414 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8415 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
8416 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
8417 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
8418 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
8419 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
8420 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
8421 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
8422 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
8423 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18231 31060))
8424 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8426 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8427 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8429 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8431 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8432 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8434 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8436 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8438 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8440 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8441 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8442 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8443 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8447 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8448 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8450 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8452 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8454 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8455 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8457 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8459 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8461 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8462 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8463 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8464 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8466 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8468 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8470 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8471 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8472 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8473 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8475 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8477 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8479 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8480 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8481 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8482 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8484 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8486 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8488 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8489 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8490 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8491 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8493 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8495 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8497 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8498 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8499 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8500 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8501 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8502 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8504 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8506 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8507 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8508 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8509 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8511 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8513 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8515 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8516 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8517 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8518 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8520 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8522 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8524 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8526 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8527 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8528 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8530 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8531 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8533 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8535 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8536 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8537 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8539 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8540 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8542 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8545 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8546 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8547 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8548 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8550 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8552 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8553 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8554 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8555 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8556 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8557 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8559 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8561 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8563 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8564 Merge two files without ancestor.
8566 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8568 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8569 Merge two files with ancestor.
8571 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8573 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8575 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8576 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8578 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8580 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8581 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8583 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8585 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8587 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8590 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8592 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8594 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8597 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8600 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8601 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8602 and don't ask the user.
8603 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8604 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8606 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8608 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8610 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8611 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8612 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8613 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8614 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8615 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8617 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8619 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8621 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8623 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8624 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8625 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8626 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8627 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8629 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8631 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8633 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8634 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8635 When called interactively, displays the version.
8639 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8640 Display Ediff's manual.
8641 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8643 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8647 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8648 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8651 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18231 31060))
8659 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8661 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8662 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (featurep 'xemacs) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8664 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep 'menubar) (progn (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8666 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep 'menu-bar) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))))
8670 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8671 ;;;;;; (18231 31060))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8674 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8675 Display Ediff's registry.
8679 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8683 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8684 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18231 31060))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8687 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8688 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8689 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8694 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8695 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8696 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8697 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8703 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8704 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8705 ;;;;;; (18190 39674))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8708 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8709 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8710 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8712 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8713 Edit a keyboard macro.
8714 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8715 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8716 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8718 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8720 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8722 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8723 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8725 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8727 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8728 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8730 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8732 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8733 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8734 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8735 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8736 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8737 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8739 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8740 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8741 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8742 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8744 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8746 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8747 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8748 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8749 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8750 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8751 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8753 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8757 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8758 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18231 31065))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8761 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8763 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8764 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8766 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8768 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8769 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8775 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8779 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8780 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8781 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8782 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8783 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8784 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8785 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8787 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8788 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8790 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8791 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8792 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8793 this value is non-nil.
8795 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8796 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8797 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8799 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8800 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8801 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8803 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8805 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8808 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8813 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18190 39681))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8816 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8817 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8819 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8821 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8822 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8823 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8824 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8825 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8826 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8827 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8829 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8833 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8834 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8838 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8839 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8840 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8841 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8842 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8843 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8846 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8847 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18177
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8855 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8856 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8858 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8859 an elided material again.
8861 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8867 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8868 ;;;;;; (18190 39681))
8869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8871 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8878 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8879 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18231
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8883 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8884 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8885 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8887 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8889 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8890 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8891 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8893 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8895 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8896 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8897 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8899 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8901 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8903 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8904 Display current profiling results.
8905 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8906 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8913 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8914 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8917 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8918 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8919 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8921 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8925 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8926 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8927 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8928 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8929 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18203 51788))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8932 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8933 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8934 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8935 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8936 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8937 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8938 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8939 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8940 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8941 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8942 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8943 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8944 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8945 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8946 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8947 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8949 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8950 Run Emerge on two files.
8952 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8954 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8955 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8957 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8959 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8960 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8962 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8964 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8965 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8967 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8969 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8974 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8979 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8982 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8984 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8987 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8989 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8990 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8992 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8994 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8995 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8997 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8999 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9002 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9006 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9007 ;;;;;; (18203 51789))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9010 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
9011 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9013 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9015 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9019 ;;;### (autoloads (encrypt-insert-file-contents encrypt-find-model)
9020 ;;;;;; "encrypt" "gnus/encrypt.el" (18230 21286))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/encrypt.el
9023 (autoload 'encrypt-find-model "encrypt" "\
9024 Given a filename, find a encrypt-file-alist entry
9026 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
9028 (autoload 'encrypt-insert-file-contents "encrypt" "\
9029 Decrypt FILE into the current buffer.
9031 \(fn FILE &optional MODEL)" t nil)
9035 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9036 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18177 875))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9039 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9040 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9041 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9042 text/enriched format.
9043 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9045 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9046 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9050 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9054 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9057 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9059 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9062 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9066 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9067 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18231 31065))
9068 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9070 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9071 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9075 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9076 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9077 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9079 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9081 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9082 (server (erc-compute-server))
9083 (port (erc-compute-port))
9084 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9086 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9088 That is, if called with
9090 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9092 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9093 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9094 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9096 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9098 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9100 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9101 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9102 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9103 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9105 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18177
9111 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9112 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18190 39682))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9118 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18177 859))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18231 31065))
9129 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9130 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9134 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9135 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18177 859))
9136 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9138 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9139 Parser for /dcc command.
9140 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9141 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9142 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9144 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9146 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9147 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9151 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9152 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9154 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9155 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9156 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9159 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9163 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9164 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9165 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9166 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9170 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9171 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9173 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9175 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9176 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9177 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9178 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9180 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9182 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9185 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9187 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9188 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9190 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9192 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9193 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9195 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9197 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9198 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9200 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9202 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9203 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9205 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9207 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9208 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9210 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9212 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9213 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9215 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9217 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9218 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9222 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9223 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9229 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18177
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9232 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9234 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9235 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9236 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18177
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9245 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9249 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9250 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18190 39682))
9251 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9252 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9254 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9255 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9256 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9257 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9258 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9259 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9262 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9264 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9267 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9271 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9275 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18177 859))
9283 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9284 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9288 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9289 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18231 31065))
9290 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9291 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9293 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9294 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9295 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9296 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9297 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9298 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9300 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9302 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9303 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9304 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9305 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9307 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9308 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9311 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9312 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9314 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9318 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9319 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9320 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9322 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9323 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9325 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9326 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9330 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9331 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9335 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9336 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9340 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9341 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9345 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9346 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9350 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9351 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9355 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9356 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9360 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9361 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18177 859))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9373 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9376 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9378 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9385 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9386 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18177 859))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9389 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9390 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9391 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9392 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9396 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9397 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9404 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18177 859))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9406 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9408 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9409 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9410 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9411 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9413 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9415 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18177 859))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18177
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9431 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18177 859))
9436 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9437 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18177 859))
9442 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9443 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9448 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18177 859))
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9450 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9452 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9453 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9457 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9458 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9459 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9461 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18190 39682))
9466 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9467 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9475 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9476 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9477 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18177
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9486 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18231 31065))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9492 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9497 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9500 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9501 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9502 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9504 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9506 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9507 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9510 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9511 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9512 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9515 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9519 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9520 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18177 859))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9522 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9524 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9525 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9526 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9527 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9529 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9531 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9532 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9533 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9539 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9541 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9543 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9544 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9550 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18231
9552 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9554 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9555 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9563 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18177
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9567 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9568 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9574 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9575 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (18177 859))
9576 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9578 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9579 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9580 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9581 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9582 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9583 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9584 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9585 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9586 buffer selected (or created).
9588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9590 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9591 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9592 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9594 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9596 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9597 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9598 The result might be any Lisp object.
9599 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9600 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9601 corresponding to a successful execution.
9603 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9605 (autoload 'eshell-report-bug "eshell" "\
9606 Report a bug in Eshell.
9607 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9608 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9614 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9615 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9616 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9617 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9618 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9619 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9620 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9621 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
9622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9624 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9625 *File name of tags table.
9626 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9627 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9628 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9629 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9631 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9632 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9633 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9634 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9636 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9638 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9639 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9640 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9641 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9642 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9643 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9645 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9647 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9648 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9649 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9650 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9651 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9652 `auto-compression-mode').")
9654 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9656 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9657 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9658 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9659 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9660 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9662 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9664 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9665 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9666 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9667 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9669 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9671 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9672 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9673 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9674 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9675 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9677 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9679 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9680 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9684 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9685 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9686 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9687 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9689 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9690 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9691 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9692 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9693 file the tag was in.
9695 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9697 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9698 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9699 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9700 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9701 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9702 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9703 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9704 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9705 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9707 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9709 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9710 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9711 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9712 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9713 without directory names.
9717 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9718 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9719 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9720 but does not select the buffer.
9721 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9723 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9724 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9725 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9726 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9727 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9729 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9731 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9732 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9733 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9735 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9737 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9740 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9741 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9742 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9744 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9745 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9746 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9747 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9748 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9750 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9752 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9753 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9754 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9756 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9758 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9759 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9761 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9762 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9763 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9764 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9765 around or before point.
9767 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9768 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9769 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9770 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9771 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9773 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9775 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9776 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9777 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9779 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9781 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9782 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9784 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9785 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9786 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9787 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9788 around or before point.
9790 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9791 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9792 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9793 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9794 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9796 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9798 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9799 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9800 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9802 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9804 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9805 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9807 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9808 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9809 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9811 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9812 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9813 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9814 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9815 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9817 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9819 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9820 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9821 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9823 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9825 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9826 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9827 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9829 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9830 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9832 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9833 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9834 where they were found.
9838 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9839 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9841 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9842 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9843 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9845 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9846 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9848 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9849 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9851 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9853 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9854 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9855 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9856 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9858 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9859 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9860 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9861 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9862 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9864 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9865 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9867 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9868 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9869 Stops when a match is found.
9870 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9872 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9874 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9876 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9877 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9878 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9879 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9880 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9882 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9884 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9886 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9887 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9888 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9889 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9890 directory specification.
9892 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9894 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9895 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9897 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9899 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9900 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9901 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9902 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9906 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9907 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9908 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9909 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9910 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9916 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9917 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9918 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9919 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9920 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9921 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9922 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9923 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
9924 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9926 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9931 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9932 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9934 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9935 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9937 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9938 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9941 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9942 even if the buffer is read-only.
9944 See also the descriptions of the variables
9945 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9947 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9949 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9950 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9952 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9953 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9955 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9956 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9959 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9960 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9962 See also the descriptions of the variables
9963 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9965 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9967 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9968 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9969 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9970 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9972 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9974 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9975 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9976 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9977 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9979 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9980 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9983 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9984 buffer is read-only.
9986 See also the descriptions of the variables
9987 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9988 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9990 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9992 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9993 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9995 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9996 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9998 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9999 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
10000 the primary language.
10002 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10003 buffer is read-only.
10005 See also the descriptions of the variables
10006 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10007 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10009 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10011 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
10012 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10013 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10015 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10017 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
10018 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10022 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10023 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10025 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10026 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
10029 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10030 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10031 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10033 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
10035 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10037 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10038 This function is deprecated.
10042 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10043 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10047 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10048 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10052 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10053 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10055 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10056 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10058 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10059 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10063 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10064 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10068 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10069 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10073 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10074 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10078 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10079 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10080 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10084 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10087 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
10091 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10092 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10093 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
10094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10096 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10097 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10098 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10099 server for future sessions.
10101 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10103 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10104 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10105 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10107 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10109 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10110 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10111 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10113 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10115 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10116 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10117 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10118 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10119 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10120 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10121 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10122 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10123 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10124 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10125 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10126 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10128 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10130 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10131 Display a form to query the directory server.
10132 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10133 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10135 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10137 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10138 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10139 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10143 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] '("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] '("Get Email" . eudc-get-email)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] '("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] '("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] '("New Server" . eudc-set-server)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] '("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10147 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10148 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10149 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18213 1258))
10150 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10152 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
10153 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10155 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10157 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
10158 Display URL and make it clickable.
10160 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10162 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
10163 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10165 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10167 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
10168 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10170 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10172 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
10173 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10175 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10177 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
10178 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10180 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10184 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10185 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18177 869))
10186 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10188 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
10189 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10190 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10194 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
10195 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10202 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
10203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10205 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
10206 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10212 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18177
10214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10216 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
10217 Create an empty ewoc.
10219 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10221 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10222 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10223 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10224 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10225 `insert-before-markers'.
10227 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10228 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10229 respectively, of the ewoc.
10231 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10232 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10233 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10235 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10239 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10240 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10241 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10242 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
10243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10245 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
10246 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10247 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10249 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10251 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
10252 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10253 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10254 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10255 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10257 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10259 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
10260 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10261 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10262 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10263 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10266 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10268 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
10269 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10270 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10274 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10275 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10276 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10283 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10284 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10285 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
10286 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10288 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10289 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10290 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10291 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10293 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10295 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10296 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10297 to generate such functions.
10299 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10300 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10301 beginning of the expanded text.
10303 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10304 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10305 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10306 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10308 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10310 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10312 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10313 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10314 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10318 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10319 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10320 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10324 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10325 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10326 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10329 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10330 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10334 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18231 31069))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10337 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10338 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10339 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10341 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10342 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10343 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10345 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10350 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10353 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10355 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10357 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10358 `f90-program-indent'
10359 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10361 `f90-continuation-indent'
10362 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10363 `f90-comment-region'
10364 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10365 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10366 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10367 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10369 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10370 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10371 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10372 `f90-break-delimiters'
10373 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10374 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10375 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10376 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10378 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10379 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10381 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10382 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10383 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10384 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10385 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10386 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10387 `f90-leave-line-no'
10388 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10390 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10391 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10397 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10398 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10399 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10400 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10401 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18231 31060))
10402 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10403 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10404 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10406 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-face
)) map
) "\
10407 Menu keymap for faces.")
10409 (defalias 'facemenu-face-menu facemenu-face-menu
)
10411 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-foreground
)) map
) "\
10412 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10414 (defalias 'facemenu-foreground-menu facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10416 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-background
)) map
) "\
10417 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10419 (defalias 'facemenu-background-menu facemenu-background-menu
)
10421 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") 'facemenu-remove-special)) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") 'facemenu-set-intangible)) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") 'facemenu-set-invisible)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") 'facemenu-set-read-only)) map) "\
10422 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10424 (defalias 'facemenu-special-menu facemenu-special-menu)
10426 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") 'set-justification-center)) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") 'set-justification-full)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") 'set-justification-right)) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") 'set-justification-left)) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") 'set-justification-none)) map) "\
10427 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10429 (defalias 'facemenu-justification-menu facemenu-justification-menu)
10431 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") 'decrease-right-margin)) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") 'increase-right-margin)) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") 'decrease-left-margin)) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") 'increase-left-margin)) map) "\
10432 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10434 (defalias 'facemenu-indentation-menu facemenu-indentation-menu)
10436 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10437 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10439 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10441 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") 'list-colors-display)) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") 'list-faces-display)) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") 'describe-text-properties)) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") 'facemenu-remove-all)) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") 'facemenu-remove-face-props)) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10443 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") 'facemenu-indentation-menu)) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") 'facemenu-justification-menu)) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") 'facemenu-special-menu)) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") 'facemenu-background-menu)) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") 'facemenu-foreground-menu)) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") 'facemenu-face-menu)))
10445 (defalias 'facemenu-menu facemenu-menu)
10447 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
10448 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10450 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10451 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10452 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10453 to the faces to use for the next character
10454 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10455 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10457 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10458 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10459 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10460 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10461 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10462 preceding faces (including FACE).
10464 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10465 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10467 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10469 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
10470 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10471 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10473 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10474 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10477 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10478 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10479 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10481 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10483 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
10484 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10485 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10487 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10488 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10491 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10492 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10493 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10495 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10497 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
10498 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10499 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10500 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10501 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10502 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10503 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10505 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10506 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10509 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10510 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10511 to insert cancels the specification.
10513 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10515 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
10516 Make the region invisible.
10517 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10518 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10520 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10522 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
10523 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10524 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10525 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10527 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10529 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
10530 Make the region unmodifiable.
10531 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10532 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10534 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10536 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-face-props "facemenu" "\
10537 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10539 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10541 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-all "facemenu" "\
10542 Remove all text properties from the region.
10544 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10546 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
10547 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10548 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10552 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
10553 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10555 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10557 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
10558 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10559 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10560 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10561 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10562 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10564 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10568 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10569 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (18213 1259))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10572 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
10573 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10574 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10575 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10577 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10579 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10580 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10581 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10583 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10584 - When you save the file's buffer.
10585 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10586 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10587 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10588 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10590 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10592 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10593 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10594 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10595 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10599 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
10600 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10604 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
10608 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10609 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10610 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18194 36639))
10611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10613 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10614 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10615 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10616 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10620 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10621 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10625 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10626 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10627 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10628 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10632 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10633 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10634 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10635 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10636 backup file names and the like).
10638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10640 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10641 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10642 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10643 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10644 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10645 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10646 internally by feedmail):
10648 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10649 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10650 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10651 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10653 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10654 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10655 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10656 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10657 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10659 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10663 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10664 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18190 39674))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10667 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10668 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10669 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10670 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10671 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10672 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10673 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10675 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10677 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10678 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10679 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10680 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10681 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10682 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10683 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10685 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10687 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10689 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10690 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10691 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10692 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10693 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10694 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10696 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10698 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10699 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10700 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10702 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10703 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10708 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10709 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10711 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10713 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10714 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10720 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10721 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10722 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10723 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18190 39674))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10726 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10727 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10728 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10729 be added to the cache.
10731 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10733 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10734 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10735 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10736 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10737 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10739 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10741 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10742 Add FILE to the file cache.
10746 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10747 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10748 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10750 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10752 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10753 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10754 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10756 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10758 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10759 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10760 This function does not use any external programs
10761 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10762 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10763 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10765 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10767 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10768 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10769 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10770 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10771 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10772 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10773 \(directories) is done.
10776 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10777 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10778 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18203
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10786 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10787 Filesets initialization.
10788 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18213 1260))
10795 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10796 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10800 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10801 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10802 ;;;;;; (18177 859))
10803 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10805 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10806 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10807 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10808 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10809 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10811 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10813 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10814 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10815 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10816 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10817 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10819 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10821 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10822 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10823 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10824 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10826 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10828 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10829 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10830 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10832 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10834 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10835 as the final argument.
10837 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10839 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10840 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10841 and run dired on those files.
10842 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10843 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10845 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10847 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10849 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10850 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10851 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10853 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10855 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10857 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10861 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10862 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10863 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
10864 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10866 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10867 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10868 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10869 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10870 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10871 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10872 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10874 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10875 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10876 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10878 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10880 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10882 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10884 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10885 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10886 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10888 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10889 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10891 Variables of interest include:
10893 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10894 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10895 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10897 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10898 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10899 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10901 - `ff-ignore-include'
10902 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10904 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10905 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10908 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10910 - `ff-special-constructs'
10911 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10912 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10913 extracting the filename from that construct.
10915 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10916 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10918 - `ff-search-directories'
10919 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10920 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10922 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10923 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10925 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10926 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10928 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10929 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10931 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10932 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10934 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10935 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10937 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10939 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10940 Visit the file you click on.
10942 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10944 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10945 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10947 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10951 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10952 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10953 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10954 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10955 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10956 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10957 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18231 31065))
10958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10960 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10961 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10963 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10965 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10966 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10967 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10968 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10970 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10971 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10972 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10973 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10975 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10977 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10978 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10980 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10981 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10982 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10983 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10985 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10986 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10989 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10991 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10992 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10994 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10995 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10996 places point before the definition.
10997 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10999 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11000 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11001 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11003 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11005 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
11006 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11008 See `find-function' for more details.
11010 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11012 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
11013 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11015 See `find-function' for more details.
11017 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11019 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
11020 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11022 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11023 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11024 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11026 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11027 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11029 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11031 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
11032 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11034 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11035 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11036 places point before the definition.
11038 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11040 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11041 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11042 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11044 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11046 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11047 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11049 See `find-variable' for more details.
11051 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11053 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11054 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11056 See `find-variable' for more details.
11058 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11060 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11061 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11062 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11063 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11064 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11065 buffer nor display it.
11067 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11068 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11070 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11072 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11073 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11075 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11076 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11077 places point before the definition.
11079 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11081 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11082 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11083 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11087 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11088 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11089 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11093 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11094 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11098 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11099 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11103 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11104 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11110 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11111 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18190 39675))
11112 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11114 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11115 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11117 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11119 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11120 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11124 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11125 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11127 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11131 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11132 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18190 39675))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11135 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11136 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11140 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11141 Display FILE's commentary section.
11142 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11146 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11147 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11153 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11154 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18177 860))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11157 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11158 Toggle flow control handling.
11159 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11160 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11162 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11164 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11165 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11166 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11167 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11168 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11169 to get the effect of a C-q.
11171 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11175 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11176 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
11177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11179 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11182 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11184 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11187 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11191 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11192 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18177 872))
11193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11195 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11196 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11197 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11198 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11202 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11203 Turn flymake mode on.
11207 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11208 Turn flymake mode off.
11214 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11215 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11216 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18231 31070))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11219 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11220 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11223 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11225 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11226 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11227 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11228 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11229 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11230 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11231 otherwise turn it off.
11234 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11235 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11236 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11237 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11240 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11243 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11244 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11245 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11247 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11249 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11250 in your .emacs file.
11252 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11253 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11257 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11258 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11262 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11263 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11267 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11268 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11272 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11273 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11275 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11277 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11278 Flyspell whole buffer.
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11285 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11286 ;;;;;; (18231 31061))
11287 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11289 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11290 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11294 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11295 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11299 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11300 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11302 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11303 of two major techniques:
11305 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11306 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11307 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11309 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11310 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11311 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11314 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11315 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11316 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11317 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11318 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11321 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11322 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11324 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11326 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11327 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11328 \(This is the default.)
11330 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11332 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11333 \\{follow-mode-map}
11335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11337 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11338 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11340 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11341 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11342 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11343 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11344 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11345 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11347 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11348 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11349 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11351 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11352 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11353 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11359 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18231
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11363 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11364 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11365 \\<message-mode-map>
11369 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11370 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11371 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11372 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11373 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11374 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11380 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11381 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18177 860))
11382 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11384 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11385 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11387 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11388 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11389 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11390 C-c < forms-first-record <
11391 C-c > forms-last-record >
11392 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11393 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11394 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11395 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11396 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11397 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11398 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11399 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11400 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11401 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11403 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11405 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11406 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11410 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11411 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11417 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11418 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
11419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11421 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11422 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11423 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11425 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11426 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11428 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11431 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11433 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11435 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11436 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11437 `fortran-do-indent'
11438 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11439 `fortran-if-indent'
11440 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11441 `fortran-structure-indent'
11442 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11444 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11445 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11446 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11447 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11448 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11449 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11450 nil don't change the indentation
11451 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11453 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11454 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11455 depending on the continuation format in use.
11456 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11457 indentation for a line of code.
11459 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11460 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11461 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11462 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11463 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11464 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11465 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11466 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11467 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11468 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11470 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11471 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11472 statements (default nil).
11473 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11474 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11475 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11476 `fortran-continuation-string'
11477 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11478 line (default \"$\").
11479 `fortran-comment-region'
11480 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11481 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11482 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11483 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11484 as typed (default t).
11485 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11486 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11488 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11489 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11495 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11496 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18177 871))
11497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11499 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11500 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11502 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11503 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11505 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11507 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11508 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11510 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11511 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11513 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11515 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11516 Compile fortune file.
11518 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11519 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11521 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11523 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11524 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11526 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11527 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11528 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11529 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11531 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11533 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11534 Display a fortune cookie.
11536 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11537 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11538 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11539 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11541 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11545 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11546 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11549 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11550 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11551 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11552 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11555 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11556 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11557 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11558 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11560 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11561 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11562 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11563 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11564 some of the buffers.
11566 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11568 The following commands help control operation :
11570 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11571 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11573 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11574 detailed description of this mode.
11577 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11579 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11580 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11584 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11585 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11586 | | (comint-mode) |
11593 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11594 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11595 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11596 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11597 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11598 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11600 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11601 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11602 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11603 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11604 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11607 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11609 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11610 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11612 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11616 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11617 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18190
11619 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11621 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11622 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11623 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11624 instead (which see).")
11626 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11627 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11629 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11630 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11631 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11632 documentation string instead.
11634 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11635 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11636 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11637 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11638 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11639 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11640 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11641 enders are actually possible.
11643 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11644 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11646 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11647 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11648 `font-lock-keywords'.
11650 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11651 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11652 runs the macro expansion.
11654 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11655 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11656 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11658 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11660 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11662 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11663 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11665 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11667 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11668 Enter generic mode MODE.
11670 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11671 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11672 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11674 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11675 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11679 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11680 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11681 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11682 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11683 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11684 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11685 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11686 `font-lock-keywords'.
11688 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11692 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11693 ;;;;;; (18177 872))
11694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11696 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11697 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11698 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11699 at places they belong to.
11701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11706 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11707 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
11708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11710 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11711 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11712 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11714 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11716 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11717 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11719 Guideline for numbers:
11720 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11721 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11724 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11726 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11727 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11728 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11730 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11732 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11733 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11735 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11737 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11738 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11740 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11741 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11742 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11743 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11744 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11745 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11747 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11748 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11749 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11750 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11751 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11753 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11755 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11759 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11760 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18231 31066))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11762 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11763 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11765 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11766 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11770 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11772 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11773 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11774 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11775 name of an NNTP server to use.
11776 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11779 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11781 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11782 Read news as a slave.
11784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11786 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11787 Pop up a frame to read news.
11788 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11789 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11790 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11791 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11792 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11793 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11794 current display is used.
11796 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11798 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11800 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11801 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11802 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11804 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11808 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11809 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11810 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11811 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11812 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11813 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18231 31065))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11816 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11817 Start Gnus unplugged.
11821 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Start Gnus plugged.
11826 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11827 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11831 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11832 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11834 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11835 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11836 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11838 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11839 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11840 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11844 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11845 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11849 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11850 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11851 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11852 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11853 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11856 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11858 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11859 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11860 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11861 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11862 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11865 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11867 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11868 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11872 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11873 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11874 downloaded into the agent.
11876 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11878 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11879 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11880 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11881 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11883 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11885 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11886 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11890 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11891 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11895 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11896 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11897 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11899 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11903 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11904 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
11905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11907 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11908 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11914 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11915 ;;;;;; (18177 860))
11916 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11918 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11919 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11925 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11926 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18230 21278))
11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11929 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11930 Set a bookmark for this article.
11934 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11935 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11937 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11939 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11940 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11941 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11942 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11943 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11949 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11950 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11951 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18231
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11955 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11956 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11959 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11963 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11964 Generate the cache active file.
11966 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11968 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11969 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11973 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11974 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11975 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11976 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11977 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11980 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11982 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11983 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11984 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11985 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11986 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11989 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11994 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18231 31065))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11997 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11998 Delay this article by some time.
11999 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12001 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12002 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12004 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12005 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12007 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12008 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12010 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12012 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12013 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12017 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12018 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12019 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12020 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12022 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12023 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12025 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12029 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12030 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18231 31065))
12031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12033 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12036 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12038 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12041 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12045 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12046 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12049 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12050 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12056 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12057 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12060 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12061 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12067 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12068 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12069 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18231
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12073 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12074 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12078 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12079 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12083 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12084 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12086 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12087 different input formats.
12091 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12092 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12094 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12095 different input formats.
12099 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12100 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12101 The PNG is returned as a string.
12103 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12105 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12106 Convert FILE to a Face.
12107 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12110 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12114 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12115 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18231 31065))
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12118 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12119 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12120 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12121 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12123 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12125 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12126 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12128 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12132 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12133 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12136 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12138 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12139 Run batched scoring.
12140 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12147 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12148 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12151 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12156 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12157 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12158 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12160 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12162 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12163 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12165 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12172 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12173 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12174 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12176 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12177 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12178 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12179 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12182 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12183 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12184 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12185 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12187 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12188 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12189 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12190 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12191 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12192 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12193 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12194 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12195 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12196 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12198 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12200 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12201 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12202 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12205 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12206 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12208 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12210 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12211 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12212 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12214 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12218 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12219 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12220 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12222 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12224 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12225 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12226 existing groups are considered.
12228 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12229 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12232 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12233 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12234 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12235 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12236 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12237 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12238 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12239 clauses will be generated.
12241 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12242 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12243 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12244 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12245 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12246 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12248 For example, given the following group parameters:
12251 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12252 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12254 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12255 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12256 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12257 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12259 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12261 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12263 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12265 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12266 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12269 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12273 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12274 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12277 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12278 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12279 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12281 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12285 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12286 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18231 31065))
12287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12289 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12290 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12291 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12292 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12294 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12296 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12299 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12301 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12302 Like `message-reply'.
12304 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12306 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12310 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12311 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18231 31065))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12314 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12315 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12319 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12320 Load the NoCeM cache.
12326 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12327 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12328 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
12329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12331 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12332 Display picons in the From header.
12333 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12337 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12338 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12339 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12343 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12344 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12345 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12351 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12352 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12353 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12354 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12355 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18231 31066))
12356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12358 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12359 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12360 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12361 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12363 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12365 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12366 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12367 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12370 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12372 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12373 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12374 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12376 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12378 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12381 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12383 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12384 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12385 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12387 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12389 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12390 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12391 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12393 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12395 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12397 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12398 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12399 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12401 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12403 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12404 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12405 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12407 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12409 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12410 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12411 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12413 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12415 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12416 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12418 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12422 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12423 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18231 31066))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12426 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12431 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12432 Install the registry hooks.
12438 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12439 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18177
12441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12443 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12444 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12445 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12446 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12447 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12448 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12452 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12453 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12454 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12455 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12456 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12460 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12467 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12468 ;;;;;; (18231 31066))
12469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12471 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12472 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12473 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12474 for matching on group names.
12476 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12477 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12479 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12481 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12487 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12488 ;;;;;; (18231 31066))
12489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12491 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12492 Update the format specification near point.
12498 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12499 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18231
12501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12503 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12504 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12506 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12508 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12515 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12516 ;;;;;; (18231 31066))
12517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12519 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12520 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12522 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12526 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18177 871))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12529 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12530 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12532 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12533 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12534 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12536 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12537 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12538 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12540 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12541 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12543 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12544 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12546 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12548 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12552 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12553 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18177 869))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12556 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12558 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12559 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12560 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12561 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12562 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12564 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12566 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12567 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12568 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12570 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12571 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12573 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12574 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12577 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12581 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12582 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12583 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18190 39684))
12584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12586 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12587 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12589 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12591 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12592 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12593 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12594 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12595 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12597 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12598 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12600 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12602 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12603 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12604 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12605 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12607 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12609 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12610 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12612 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12614 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12615 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12617 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12618 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12619 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12621 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12622 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12623 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12625 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12626 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12627 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12628 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12629 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12631 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12633 (defvar grep-history nil)
12635 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12637 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12638 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12639 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12643 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12648 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12649 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12653 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12654 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12655 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12656 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12657 where grep found matches.
12659 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12660 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12662 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12663 easily repeat a grep command.
12665 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12666 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12667 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12668 if that history list is empty).
12670 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12672 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12673 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12674 Collect output in a buffer.
12675 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12676 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12678 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12679 easily repeat a find command.
12681 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12683 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12685 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12686 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12687 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12688 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12689 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12691 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12692 before it is executed.
12693 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12695 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12696 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12697 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12699 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12701 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12703 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12704 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12705 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12706 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12707 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12709 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12710 before it is executed.
12711 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12713 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12714 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12715 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12717 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12719 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12723 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18177 863))
12724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12726 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12727 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12728 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12729 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12730 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12732 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12736 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12737 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18231 31070))
12738 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12740 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12741 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12742 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12743 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12745 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12747 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12748 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12749 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12750 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12752 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12754 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12755 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12756 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12757 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12759 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12761 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12762 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12763 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12764 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12766 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12767 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12769 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12771 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12772 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12773 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12774 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12776 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12778 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12779 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12780 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12781 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12783 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12785 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12786 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12787 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12788 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12789 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12791 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12792 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12793 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12794 original source file access method.
12796 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12797 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12799 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12800 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12802 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12804 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12805 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12811 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18213
12813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12815 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12816 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12817 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12818 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12820 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12821 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12822 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12823 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12829 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12830 ;;;;;; (17928 6535))
12831 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12833 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12834 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12836 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12838 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12839 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12840 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12841 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12843 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12847 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12848 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12849 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12850 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12857 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12858 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12859 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "gnus/hashcash.el" (18230 21282))
12860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/hashcash.el
12862 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12863 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12867 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12868 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12869 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12873 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12874 Verify a hashcash payment
12876 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12878 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12879 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12880 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12881 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12882 `mail-add-payment-async').
12884 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12886 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12887 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12888 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12889 Calculation is asynchronous.
12891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12893 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12894 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12895 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12901 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12902 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12903 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12904 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18231 31061))
12905 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12907 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12908 Return the help-echo string at point.
12909 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12910 property, or nil, is returned.
12911 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12912 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12913 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12915 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12917 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12918 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12919 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12920 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12921 this produces no string either, return nil.
12925 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12926 Display local help in the echo area.
12927 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12928 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12929 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12932 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12933 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12934 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12938 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12939 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12940 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12944 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12945 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12946 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12950 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12951 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12952 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12953 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12954 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12955 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12956 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12957 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12958 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12959 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12960 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12962 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12963 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12964 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12965 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12966 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12968 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12969 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12970 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12971 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12972 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12973 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12974 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12975 The default is `never'.")
12977 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12979 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12980 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12981 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12982 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12983 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12984 considered different regions.
12986 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12987 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12988 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12989 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12990 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12991 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12992 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12993 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12994 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12996 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12998 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12999 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13000 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13001 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13004 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13005 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13006 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13007 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13008 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13009 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13010 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13011 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13013 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13014 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13015 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13016 rarely happens in practice.
13018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13020 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13022 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13023 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13024 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13025 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13031 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13032 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13033 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13034 ;;;;;; (18231 31061))
13035 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13037 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13038 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13040 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13042 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13043 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13044 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13046 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13048 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
13049 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13051 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13053 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13056 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13058 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13059 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13060 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13061 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13063 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13065 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13066 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13067 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13068 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13069 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13070 it is displayed along with the global value.
13072 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13074 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13075 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13076 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13077 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13079 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13081 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13082 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13083 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13084 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13085 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13087 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13091 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13092 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
13093 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13095 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13096 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13097 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13098 and window listing and describing the options.
13099 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13100 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13102 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13106 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13107 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13108 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18231
13110 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13112 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13113 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13114 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13120 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13125 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13130 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13131 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13133 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13134 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13135 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13136 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13138 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13139 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13140 restore it properly when going back.
13142 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13144 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13149 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13150 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13152 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13153 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13154 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13155 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13156 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13157 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13158 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13159 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13161 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13162 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13163 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13164 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13166 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13167 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13172 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13173 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13174 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13175 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13176 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13177 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13179 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13181 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13182 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13183 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13184 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13185 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13187 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13189 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13190 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13192 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13196 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13197 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18177 858))
13198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13200 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13201 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13205 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13206 Provide help for current mode.
13212 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13213 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18213 1254))
13214 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13216 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13217 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13218 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13219 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13220 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13222 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13223 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13225 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13226 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13227 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13228 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13230 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13231 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13234 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13239 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13240 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13241 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13242 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13243 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13244 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13245 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13246 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13247 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13248 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13249 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13250 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13251 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13252 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13253 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13255 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13256 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13257 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13259 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13262 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13264 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13265 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13266 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13268 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13269 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13270 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13272 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13273 into the buffer at the current point.
13275 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13276 into the buffer at the current point.
13278 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13279 into the buffer at the current point.
13281 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13283 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13284 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13286 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13288 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13292 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13293 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13294 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13295 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13297 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13299 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13300 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13301 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13307 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13308 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13309 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13310 ;;;;;; (18190 39676))
13311 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13313 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13314 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13316 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13317 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13318 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13319 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13320 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13321 called interactively, are:
13323 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13324 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13326 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13327 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13328 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13329 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13331 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13332 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13334 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13335 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13337 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13338 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13339 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13340 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13341 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13342 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13343 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13344 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13345 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13346 function returns t.
13348 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13349 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13351 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13352 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13355 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13356 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13357 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13358 Patterns will be read until
13360 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13364 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13365 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13366 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13368 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13369 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13371 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13373 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13374 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13375 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13376 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13377 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13381 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13383 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13384 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13386 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13387 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13388 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13389 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13391 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13393 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13395 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13396 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13398 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13399 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13400 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13401 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13403 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13405 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13407 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13408 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13410 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13411 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13413 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13415 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13417 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13418 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13420 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13421 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13422 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13423 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13424 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13426 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13428 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13429 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13431 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13432 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13433 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13439 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13440 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18177 872))
13441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13443 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13444 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13445 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13446 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13447 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13448 how the hiding is done:
13451 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13452 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13455 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13456 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13457 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13458 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13459 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13462 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13463 #endif lines when hiding.
13465 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13466 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13469 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13470 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13471 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13473 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13477 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13478 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13480 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-initially "hideif" t)
13482 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13483 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13485 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-read-only "hideif" t)
13487 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13488 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13490 (custom-autoload 'hide-ifdef-lines "hideif" t)
13494 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13495 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
13496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13498 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13499 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13500 Each element has the form
13501 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13503 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13504 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13506 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13507 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13509 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13510 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13511 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13512 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13513 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13514 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13516 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13517 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13519 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13520 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13522 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13523 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13524 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13526 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13527 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13528 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13529 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13530 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13531 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13533 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13534 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13535 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13537 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13538 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13540 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13543 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13547 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13548 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13554 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13555 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13556 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13557 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13558 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18177 863))
13559 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13561 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13562 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13563 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13565 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13567 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13568 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13570 Without an argument:
13571 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13572 or passive state as determined by the variable
13573 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13576 With an argument ARG:
13577 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13578 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13579 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13581 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13582 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13583 not displayed in a different face.
13586 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13587 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13588 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13589 buffer with the contents of a file
13590 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13591 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13595 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13596 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13597 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13601 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13602 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13606 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13607 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13611 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13612 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13614 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13615 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13616 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13617 shown in the last face in the list.
13619 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13620 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13621 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13623 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13627 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13628 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13630 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13632 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13635 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13636 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13638 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13639 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13640 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13642 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13644 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13645 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13647 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13648 this function is called interactively.
13650 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13651 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13652 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13654 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13655 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13656 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13658 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13660 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes "hilit-chg" "\
13661 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13663 When called interactively:
13664 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13665 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13666 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13667 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13669 When called from a program:
13670 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13671 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13672 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13673 - otherwise just turn it on
13675 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13676 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13677 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13678 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13684 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13685 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13686 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13687 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13688 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18177 863))
13689 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13691 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13692 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13693 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13694 or insert functions in this list.")
13696 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13698 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13699 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13701 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13703 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13704 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13706 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13708 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13709 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13711 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13713 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13714 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13716 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13718 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13719 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13720 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13722 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13724 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13725 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13726 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13729 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13731 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13732 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13733 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13734 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13735 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13737 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13739 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13740 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13741 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13742 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13743 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13745 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13746 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13747 undoes the expansion.
13751 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13752 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13753 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13754 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13756 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13760 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13761 ;;;;;; (18177 863))
13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13764 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13765 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13766 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13768 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13769 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13770 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13771 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13772 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13774 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13775 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13776 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13777 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13781 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13782 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13783 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13785 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13786 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13788 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13790 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13791 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13792 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13794 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13795 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13801 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13802 ;;;;;; (18190 39681))
13803 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13805 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13806 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13807 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13809 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13813 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13814 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13816 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13817 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13818 different list. For example,
13820 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13821 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13823 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13824 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13826 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13827 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13828 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13829 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13832 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13834 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13838 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18231
13840 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13842 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13843 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13849 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13850 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13851 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13852 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13855 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13856 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13857 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13858 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13859 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13860 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13861 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13862 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13863 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13864 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13865 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13866 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13867 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13868 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13869 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13870 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13871 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18213 1254))
13872 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13874 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13876 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13880 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13881 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13883 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13885 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13886 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13888 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13890 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13891 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13893 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13895 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13896 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13900 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13901 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13903 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13905 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13906 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13908 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13909 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13910 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13911 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13912 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13913 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13914 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13915 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13916 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13917 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13918 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13919 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13921 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13924 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13926 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13927 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13931 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13932 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13936 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13937 Remove the first filter group.
13941 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13942 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13944 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13946 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13947 Remove all filter groups.
13951 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13952 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13957 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13958 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13962 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
13963 Kill the filter group at point.
13964 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13966 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
13969 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13973 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13974 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13978 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13979 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13980 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13981 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13983 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13985 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13986 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13987 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13991 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13993 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
13997 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
13998 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14007 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14008 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14010 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14011 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14012 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14016 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14021 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14026 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14028 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14031 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14033 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14035 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14037 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14039 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14040 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14044 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14045 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14049 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14050 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14053 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14054 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14055 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14057 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14058 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14059 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14060 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14062 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14063 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14064 Default sorting modes are:
14065 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14066 Name - the name of the buffer
14067 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14068 Size - the size of the buffer
14072 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14073 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14076 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14077 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14079 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14081 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14082 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14086 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14087 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14088 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14089 for this Ibuffer session.
14091 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14095 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14096 for this Ibuffer session.
14098 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14100 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14103 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14104 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14106 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14107 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14109 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14111 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14114 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14115 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14117 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14119 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14124 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14125 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14127 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14128 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14129 hidden group filter, open it.
14131 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14132 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14133 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14137 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14138 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14139 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14143 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14144 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14146 The names are separated by a space.
14147 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14149 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14150 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14151 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14152 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14154 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14158 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14159 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14161 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14163 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14164 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14166 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14168 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14169 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14171 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14173 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14174 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14178 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14179 Mark all modified buffers.
14183 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14184 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14188 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14189 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14193 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14194 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14198 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14199 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14203 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14204 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14208 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14209 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14213 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14214 Mark all read-only buffers.
14218 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14219 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14223 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14224 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14225 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14228 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14232 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14233 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18177
14235 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14237 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14238 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14240 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14241 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14242 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14244 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14245 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14246 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14247 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14248 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14249 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14251 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14252 title of the column.
14254 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14255 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14256 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14257 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14258 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14260 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14262 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14263 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14264 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14265 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14266 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14268 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14269 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14270 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14272 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14274 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14275 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14276 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14277 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14278 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14279 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14281 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14282 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14283 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14284 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14285 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14286 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14287 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14288 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14290 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14291 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14292 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14293 buffer's modification flag.
14294 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14295 prompted before performing this operation.
14296 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14297 operation is complete, in the form:
14298 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14299 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14300 confirmation message, in the form:
14301 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14302 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14303 macro for exactly what it does.
14305 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14307 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14308 Define a filter named NAME.
14309 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14310 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14311 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14313 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14314 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14315 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14316 bound to the current value of the filter.
14318 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14322 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14323 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18177 864))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14326 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14327 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14328 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14329 buffers which are visiting a file.
14331 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14333 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14334 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14335 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14336 buffers which are visiting a file.
14338 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14340 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14341 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14342 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14344 All arguments are optional.
14345 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14346 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14347 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14348 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14349 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14350 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14351 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14352 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14353 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14354 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14355 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14356 that value locally in this buffer.
14358 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14362 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14363 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14364 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18190 39681))
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14367 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14368 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14369 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14370 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14372 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14374 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14375 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14376 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14377 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14379 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14380 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14381 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14383 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14385 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14386 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14387 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14388 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14389 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14390 non-marking or not.
14392 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14394 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14395 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14397 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14398 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14401 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14402 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14403 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14405 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14408 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14409 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14410 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14412 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14416 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18177
14418 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14420 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14421 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14422 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14423 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14424 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14425 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14427 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14429 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14430 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14431 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14432 otherwise turn it off.
14434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14438 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18177 873))
14439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14441 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14442 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14443 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14444 Tab indents for Icon code.
14445 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14446 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14448 Variables controlling indentation style:
14449 icon-tab-always-indent
14450 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14451 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14453 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14454 inserted in Icon code.
14456 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14457 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14458 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14459 icon-continued-statement-offset
14460 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14461 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14462 icon-continued-brace-offset
14463 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14464 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14466 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14467 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14468 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14469 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14471 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14472 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14478 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14479 ;;;;;; (18203 51791))
14480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14482 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14483 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14484 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14485 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14487 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14488 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14491 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14492 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14494 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14495 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14496 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14498 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14500 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14504 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14505 ;;;;;; (18195 4247))
14506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14508 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14509 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14511 The main features of this mode are
14513 1. Indentation and Formatting
14514 --------------------------
14515 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14516 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14518 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14519 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14520 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14521 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14523 Comments are indented as follows:
14525 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14526 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14527 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14529 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14531 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14532 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14533 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14534 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14535 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14536 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14538 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14539 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14540 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14541 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14545 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14546 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14547 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14548 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14549 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14550 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14551 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14552 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14553 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14554 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14559 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14560 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14561 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14562 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14566 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14567 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14568 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14569 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14570 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14573 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14574 --------------------------------
14575 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14576 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14578 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14579 \\fu FUNCTION template
14580 \\c CASE statement template
14581 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14582 \\f FOR loop template
14583 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14584 \\w WHILE loop template
14585 \\i IF statement template
14586 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14589 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14590 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14592 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14593 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14594 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14595 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14597 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14598 -------------------------
14599 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14600 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14602 7. Automatic END completion
14603 ------------------------
14604 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14605 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14609 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14610 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14612 9. Documentation and Customization
14613 -------------------------------
14614 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14615 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14616 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14617 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14618 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14622 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14623 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14624 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14626 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14629 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14633 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14634 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14635 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14636 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14637 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14638 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14639 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14640 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18231
14642 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14644 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14645 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14646 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14647 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14649 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14650 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14651 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14654 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14656 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14658 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14659 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14660 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14661 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14662 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14663 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14664 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14665 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14666 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14670 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14671 Switch to another buffer.
14672 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14673 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14676 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14677 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14678 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14679 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14680 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14682 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14683 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14685 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14686 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14688 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14689 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14690 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14691 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14692 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14693 in a separate window.
14694 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14695 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14696 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14697 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14698 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14699 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14700 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14701 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14702 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14706 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14707 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14708 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14709 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14713 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14714 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14715 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14716 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14720 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14722 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14723 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14727 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14728 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14729 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14734 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14735 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14736 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14737 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14741 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14742 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14746 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14747 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14748 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14749 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14750 visible in another frame.
14752 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14753 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14754 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14755 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14756 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14757 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14759 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14760 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14762 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14763 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14765 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14766 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14767 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14768 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14769 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14770 in a separate window.
14771 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14772 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14773 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14774 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14775 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14776 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14777 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14778 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14779 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14780 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14781 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14782 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14783 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14784 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14785 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14789 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14790 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14791 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14792 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14796 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14797 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14803 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14804 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14805 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14806 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14810 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14811 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14812 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14817 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14818 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14819 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14824 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14825 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14826 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14827 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14831 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14832 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14833 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14834 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14838 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14839 Write current buffer to a file.
14840 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14841 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14845 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14846 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14847 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14848 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14852 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14853 Call `dired' the ido way.
14854 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14855 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14859 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14860 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14861 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14862 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14863 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14864 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14866 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14868 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14869 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14870 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14871 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14873 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14875 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14876 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14877 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14878 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14880 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14882 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14883 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14884 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14885 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14886 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14887 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14888 with `completing-read'.
14889 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14890 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14891 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14892 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14893 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14894 with point positioned at the end.
14895 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14896 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14898 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14902 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18231 31061))
14903 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14904 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14906 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14907 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14908 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14914 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14915 ;;;;;; (18231 31061))
14916 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14918 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14919 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14923 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14924 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14930 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14931 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14932 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14933 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14934 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18190 39676))
14935 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14937 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14938 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14939 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14942 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14944 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14945 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14946 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14951 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14952 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14953 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14956 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14958 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14959 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14960 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14963 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14965 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14966 Determine and return image type.
14967 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14968 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14969 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14970 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14971 use its file extension as image type.
14972 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14974 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14976 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14977 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14978 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14980 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14982 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14983 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14984 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14986 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14987 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14988 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14989 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14994 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14996 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14997 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14998 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14999 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15000 use its file extension as image type.
15001 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15002 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15003 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15004 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15006 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15008 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15009 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15010 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15012 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15014 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15015 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15016 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15017 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15018 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15019 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15020 POS may be an integer or marker.
15021 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15022 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15023 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15024 means display it in the right marginal area.
15026 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15028 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15029 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15030 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15031 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15032 defaulted if you omit it.
15033 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15034 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15035 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15036 means display it in the right marginal area.
15037 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15038 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15039 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15040 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15041 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15043 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15045 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15046 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15047 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15048 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15049 defaulted if you omit it.
15050 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15051 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15052 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15053 means display it in the right marginal area.
15054 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15056 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15058 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15059 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15060 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15061 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15063 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15065 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15066 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15068 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15070 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15071 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15072 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15073 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15074 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15075 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15076 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15077 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15080 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15082 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15084 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15086 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15087 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15089 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15090 documentation string.
15092 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15093 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15094 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15095 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15096 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15097 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15098 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15103 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15104 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15106 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15110 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15111 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15112 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15113 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15114 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15115 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15116 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15117 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18213 1254))
15118 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15120 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15121 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15126 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15128 Convenience command that:
15130 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15131 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15132 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15134 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15135 image files in dired and type
15136 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15138 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15140 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15141 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15143 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15145 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15146 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15147 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15148 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15149 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15152 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15153 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15154 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15156 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15157 instead of erasing it first.
15159 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15160 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15161 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15162 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15163 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15164 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15166 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15168 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15169 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15170 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15171 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15176 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15178 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15180 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15181 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15185 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15186 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15187 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15191 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15192 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15197 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15198 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15199 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15203 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15204 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15209 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15213 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15214 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15218 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15219 Display current image file.
15220 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15221 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15225 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15226 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15230 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15231 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15232 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15233 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15234 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15235 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15236 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15240 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15241 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15242 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15249 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15250 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15251 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18177 864))
15252 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15254 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15255 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15256 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15257 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15259 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15260 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15261 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15262 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15264 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15266 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15267 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15268 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15269 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15271 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15272 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15273 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15274 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15276 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15278 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15279 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15283 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15284 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15285 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15286 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15288 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15290 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15291 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15292 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15293 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15294 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15295 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15297 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15299 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15300 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15301 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15302 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15304 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15305 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15306 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15312 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15313 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18231 31061))
15314 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15315 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15316 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15317 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15318 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15319 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15320 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15321 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15322 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15323 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15325 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15326 Major mode for image files.
15327 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15328 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15332 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15333 Toggle Image minor mode.
15334 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15335 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15339 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15340 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15341 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15342 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15343 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15344 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15346 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15347 information on these modes.
15353 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15354 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18177 864))
15355 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15357 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15358 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15360 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15362 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15363 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15366 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15368 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15369 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15370 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15372 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15374 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15375 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15377 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15378 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15379 pattern's structure.
15381 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15382 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15383 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15386 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15388 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15389 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15391 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15392 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15393 called within a `save-excursion'.
15395 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15397 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15399 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15400 Function for finding the next index position.
15402 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15403 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15404 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15407 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15408 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15410 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15412 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15413 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15415 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15416 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15417 It should return the name for that index item.")
15419 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15421 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15422 Function to compare string with index item.
15424 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15425 non-nil if they match.
15427 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15428 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15429 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15430 arguments match\".")
15432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15434 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15435 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15436 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15438 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15440 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15444 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15445 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15446 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15447 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15451 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15452 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15454 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15458 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15459 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15460 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15461 for more information.
15463 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15467 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15468 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15469 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18177 866))
15470 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15472 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15473 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15475 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15477 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15480 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15482 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15485 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15487 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15490 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15492 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15493 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15495 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15499 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15500 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15501 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18177 873))
15502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15504 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15505 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15506 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15507 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15508 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15510 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15512 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15513 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15515 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15517 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15518 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15519 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15520 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15521 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15522 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15523 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15524 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15526 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15528 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15529 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15530 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15531 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15532 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15534 This variable is only used if the variable
15535 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15537 More precise choices:
15538 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15539 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15542 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15544 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15546 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15547 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15549 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15550 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15551 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15553 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15554 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15555 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15556 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15559 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15561 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15565 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15566 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15567 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15568 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18231 31061))
15569 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15571 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15572 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15574 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15575 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15576 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15578 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15579 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15580 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15581 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15582 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15583 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15584 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15585 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15586 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15587 with the top-level Info directory.
15589 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15590 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15591 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15592 appended to the Info buffer name.
15594 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15595 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15596 in all the directories in that path.
15598 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15600 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15601 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15605 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15606 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15607 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15608 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15612 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15613 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15614 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15615 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15617 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15619 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15620 Go to the Info directory node.
15624 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15625 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15626 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15627 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15628 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15629 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15631 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15633 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15634 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15635 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15637 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15639 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15640 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15641 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15642 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15643 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15645 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15646 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15648 Selecting other nodes:
15649 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15650 Follow a node reference you click on.
15651 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15652 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15653 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15654 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15655 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15656 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15657 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15658 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15659 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15660 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15661 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15662 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15663 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15664 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15665 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15666 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15667 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15668 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15669 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15670 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15672 Moving within a node:
15673 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15674 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15675 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15676 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15677 move up to the parent node.
15678 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15679 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15681 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15684 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15685 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15686 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15687 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15688 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15689 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15690 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15691 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15692 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15693 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15694 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15695 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15696 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15697 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15698 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15699 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15702 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15704 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15705 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15706 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15707 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15708 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15709 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15711 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15712 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15714 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15715 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15717 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15718 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15719 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15720 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15724 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15725 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15726 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15732 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15733 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15734 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15735 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15737 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15738 Throw away all cached data.
15739 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15740 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15744 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15746 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15747 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15748 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15749 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15750 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15751 one found at point.
15753 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15755 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15756 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15758 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15759 Display the documentation of a file.
15760 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15761 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15762 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15763 The default file name is the one found at point.
15765 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15767 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15769 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15770 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15772 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15774 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15775 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15777 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15781 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15782 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18177 864))
15783 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15785 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15786 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15788 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15790 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15791 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15792 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15796 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15797 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15798 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15800 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15801 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15808 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15809 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18177 864))
15810 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15812 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15813 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15815 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15817 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15818 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15819 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15821 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15822 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15823 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15825 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15826 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15827 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15828 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15832 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15833 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15834 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15838 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15839 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15840 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15841 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15842 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15848 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
15849 ;;;;;; (18211 184))
15850 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
15852 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
15853 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
15854 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
15856 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
15857 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
15859 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
15860 after typing another C-s or C-r at a failing search, the search goes
15861 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
15864 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
15865 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
15866 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
15867 direction is backward (when isearch-forward is nil), this function
15868 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
15869 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
15870 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
15871 buffer in the series.")
15873 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
15874 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
15875 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15881 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15882 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15883 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15886 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15887 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15891 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15892 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15896 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15899 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15903 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18177
15905 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15907 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15908 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15909 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15910 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15911 accessed via isearchb.
15917 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15918 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15921 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
15922 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15923 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15924 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15925 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15926 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15928 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15929 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15931 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15932 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15933 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15934 \"s gives German sharp s.
15935 /a gives a with ring.
15936 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15937 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15938 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15939 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15941 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15942 and a negative argument disables it.
15944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15948 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15949 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15950 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15951 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18231 31069))
15952 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15954 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15956 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15957 the table `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15962 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15964 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15965 the table `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15970 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15972 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15973 the table `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15978 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15980 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15981 the table `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15986 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15988 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15989 the table `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15994 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15995 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15996 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
15997 the table `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16002 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16004 The region between FROM and TO is translated using
16005 the table `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16006 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16008 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16010 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16012 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16013 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16015 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16017 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16018 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16019 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16020 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16022 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16024 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16025 Warn that format is read-only.
16027 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16029 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Warn that format is write-only.
16032 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16034 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16035 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16042 ;;;;;; (18177 864))
16043 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16044 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16045 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16046 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16050 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16051 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16052 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16053 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16054 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16055 ;;;;;; (18203 51792))
16056 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16057 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16059 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16060 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16061 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16062 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16064 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16065 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16067 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16068 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16069 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16071 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16072 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16075 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
16077 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16079 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
16081 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
16083 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
16085 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16087 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
16089 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16090 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16092 Each element of this list is also a list:
16094 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16095 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16097 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16098 nil means the default dictionary.
16100 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16102 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16104 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16105 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16106 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16107 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16108 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16109 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16110 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16111 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16112 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16114 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16115 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16116 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16117 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16118 for non-ASCII bytes.
16120 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16121 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16124 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16127 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16128 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16129 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16130 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16131 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16132 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16133 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16134 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16136 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16138 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16139 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16140 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16142 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16143 Key map for ispell menu.")
16145 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16146 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16147 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16148 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16150 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16152 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16154 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16156 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16158 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16159 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16160 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16161 Valid forms include:
16162 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16163 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16164 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16165 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16167 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16168 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16169 First list is used raw.
16170 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16172 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16173 for skipping in latex mode.")
16175 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16176 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16177 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16178 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16179 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16180 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16182 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16183 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16184 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16185 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16187 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16188 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16189 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16190 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16191 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16193 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16194 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16196 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16197 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16199 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16200 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16202 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16203 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16206 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16207 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16208 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16209 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16210 quit spell session exited.
16212 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16214 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16215 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16216 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16218 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16220 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16221 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16225 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16226 SPC: Accept word this time.
16227 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16228 `a': Accept word for this session.
16229 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16230 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16231 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16232 `?': Show these commands.
16233 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16234 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16235 the aborted check to be completed later.
16236 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16237 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16238 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16239 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16240 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16241 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16242 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16246 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16247 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16248 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16250 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16252 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16253 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16254 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16255 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16257 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16259 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16261 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16262 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16263 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16264 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16266 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16268 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16269 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16273 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16274 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16278 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16279 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16283 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16284 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16285 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16286 sequence inside of a word.
16288 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16290 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16292 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16293 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16297 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16298 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16299 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16300 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16302 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16303 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16304 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16305 available on the net.
16309 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16310 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16311 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16312 otherwise turn it off.
16314 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16315 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16317 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16318 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16322 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16323 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16324 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16325 Don't check included messages.
16327 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16328 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16329 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16331 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16332 in your .emacs file:
16333 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16334 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16335 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16336 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16338 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16339 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16340 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16346 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18177
16348 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16350 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16351 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16352 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16353 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16354 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16355 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16357 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16359 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16360 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16361 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16362 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16363 `iswitchb' for details.
16365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16369 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16370 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16371 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16372 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18177 866))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16375 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16380 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16381 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16382 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16383 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16384 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16385 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16386 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16387 necessary to represent OBJ.
16389 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16391 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16392 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16393 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16394 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16396 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16398 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16399 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16400 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16401 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16402 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16404 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16406 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16407 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16408 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16409 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16411 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16413 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16414 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16415 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16416 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16418 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16420 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16421 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16423 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16425 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16426 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16427 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16428 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16429 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16431 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16433 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16434 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16435 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16436 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16437 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16439 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16441 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16442 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16443 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16445 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16449 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16450 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18177 866))
16451 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16453 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16454 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16455 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16456 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16458 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16461 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16463 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16464 Uninstall jka-compr.
16465 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16466 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16467 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16473 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16474 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16475 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
16476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16478 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16479 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16480 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16481 decimal key must be specified.")
16483 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16485 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16486 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16487 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16488 decimal key must be specified.")
16490 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16492 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16493 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16494 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16495 decimal key must be specified.")
16497 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16499 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16500 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16501 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16502 decimal key must be specified.")
16504 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16506 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16507 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16508 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16509 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16510 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16514 -------------------------------------------------------------
16515 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16516 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16517 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16518 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16519 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16520 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16521 in the global and local keymaps.
16523 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16524 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16526 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16530 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16531 ;;;;;; (18177 865))
16532 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16534 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16535 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16536 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16538 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16539 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16540 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16541 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16544 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16545 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16546 the context of text formatting.
16548 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16552 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18177
16554 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16556 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16557 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16558 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16559 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16560 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16561 positions that contains the current selection.")
16563 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16564 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16565 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16566 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16567 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16568 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16569 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16571 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16575 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16576 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16577 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16578 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18177 866))
16579 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16580 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16581 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16582 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16583 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16584 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16585 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16586 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16588 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16589 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16590 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16591 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16592 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16594 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16596 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16597 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16598 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16600 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16601 defining the macro.
16603 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16604 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16605 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16607 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16608 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16612 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16613 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16614 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16615 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16616 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16619 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16620 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16621 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16625 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16626 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16627 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16629 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16630 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16631 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16632 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16634 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16635 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16637 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16639 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16640 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16641 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16643 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16646 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16647 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16649 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16650 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16651 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16653 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16654 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16658 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16659 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16660 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16661 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16663 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16665 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16666 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16667 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16668 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16670 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16671 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16673 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16675 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16676 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16677 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16679 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16683 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-composition-function kannada-post-read-conversion
16684 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-string kannada-compose-region) "knd-util"
16685 ;;;;;; "language/knd-util.el" (18177 866))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16688 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x0c95-\x0cb9]")
16690 (autoload 'kannada-compose-region "knd-util" "\
16693 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16695 (autoload 'kannada-compose-string "knd-util" "\
16698 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16700 (autoload 'kannada-post-read-conversion "knd-util" "\
16703 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16705 (autoload 'kannada-composition-function "knd-util" "\
16706 Compose Kannada characters after the position POS.
16707 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
16708 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
16710 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16714 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16715 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18177 866))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16718 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16719 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16720 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16722 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16730 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16733 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16735 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16736 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16740 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16742 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16743 Start or resume an Lm game.
16744 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16745 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16747 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16748 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16749 none / 1 | yes | no
16754 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16755 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16756 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16762 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16763 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16764 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18177 866))
16765 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16767 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16770 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16772 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16773 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16774 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16775 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16776 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16777 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16779 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16780 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16782 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16784 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16785 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16787 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16789 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16792 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16794 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16797 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16801 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16802 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16803 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18177 865))
16804 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16806 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16807 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16808 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16809 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16811 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16813 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16814 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16815 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16817 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16819 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16820 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16821 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16825 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16826 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16827 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16828 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16830 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16834 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16835 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18177 865))
16836 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16838 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16839 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16840 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16841 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16842 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16843 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16844 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16845 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16847 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16848 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16851 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16853 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16855 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16856 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16857 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16858 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16859 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16860 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16861 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16862 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16864 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16866 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16867 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16868 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16869 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16872 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16874 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16878 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16879 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (18177 870))
16880 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16882 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
16883 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16884 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16885 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16887 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16889 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16890 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16893 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16895 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16896 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16897 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16898 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16899 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16902 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16903 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16904 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16905 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16906 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16908 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16909 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16910 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16911 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16912 slow to keep up with your typing.
16914 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16915 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16916 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16917 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16918 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16919 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16921 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16922 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16923 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16924 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16926 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16927 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16928 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16929 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16931 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16932 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16933 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16934 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16935 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16939 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
16940 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16946 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16947 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
16948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16950 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16952 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16954 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16955 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16961 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16962 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
16963 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16965 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16966 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16968 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16969 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16971 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16972 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16974 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16975 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16976 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16977 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16978 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16979 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16980 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16981 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16982 and transmit saved text.
16985 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16986 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16990 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16997 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18177 871))
16998 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17000 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17001 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17002 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17003 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17004 generations (this defaults to 1).
17006 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17010 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18231
17012 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17014 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17015 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17016 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17017 is nil, raise an error.
17019 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17020 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17021 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17022 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17023 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17024 defined by the library.
17026 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17027 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17028 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17029 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17030 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17033 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17034 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17035 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17036 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17038 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17042 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17043 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18177 867))
17044 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17046 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17047 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17048 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17050 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17052 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17053 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17054 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17055 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17057 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17058 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17059 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17060 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17061 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17062 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17065 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17066 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17068 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17069 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17071 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17073 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17075 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17076 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17077 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17078 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17079 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17080 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17081 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17082 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17083 to constrain a big search.
17085 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17087 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17088 except that FILTER is not optional.
17090 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17094 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18177 867))
17095 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17097 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17098 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17099 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17100 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17101 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17102 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17103 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17104 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17105 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17106 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17107 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17108 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17109 uses the current buffer.
17111 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17115 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18213
17117 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17119 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17120 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17126 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18231
17128 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17130 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17131 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17132 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17133 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17134 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17136 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17137 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17138 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17140 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17141 are indicated with a symbol.
17143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17147 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17148 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18177
17150 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17152 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17154 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))
17156 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17157 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17158 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17160 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17161 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17163 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17164 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17165 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17166 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17167 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17168 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17169 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17171 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17173 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17174 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17175 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17176 switch on this list.
17177 See `lpr-command'.")
17179 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17181 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17182 *Name of program for printing a file.
17184 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17185 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17186 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17187 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17188 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17189 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17192 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17194 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17195 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17196 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17197 for customization of the printer command.
17201 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17202 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17204 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17205 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17206 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17207 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17209 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17210 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17212 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17213 for further customization of the printer command.
17217 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17218 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17219 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17220 for customization of the printer command.
17222 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17224 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17225 Paginate and print the region contents.
17227 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17228 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17229 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17230 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17232 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17233 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17235 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17236 for further customization of the printer command.
17238 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17242 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17243 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17246 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17247 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17248 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17250 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17254 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18177
17256 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17258 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17259 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17260 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17262 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17268 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18177
17270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17272 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17273 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17280 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17281 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
17282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17284 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17285 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17286 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17287 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17288 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17290 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17294 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17295 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18177 867))
17296 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17298 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17299 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17300 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17301 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17302 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17304 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17306 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17307 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17308 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17309 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17311 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17312 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17313 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17314 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17317 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17318 use this command, and then save the file.
17320 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17322 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17323 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17324 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17325 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17326 each time the macro executes.
17327 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17328 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17329 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17330 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17331 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17332 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17333 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17337 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17338 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17339 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17340 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17342 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17343 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17344 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17347 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17348 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17350 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17351 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17352 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17353 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17354 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17356 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17359 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17360 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17361 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17363 You could enter the names in this format:
17369 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17372 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17375 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17376 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17378 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17379 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17383 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17384 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18177 867))
17385 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17387 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17388 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17389 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17390 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17391 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17392 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17394 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17395 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17396 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17397 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17398 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17400 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17401 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17402 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17405 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17407 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17408 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17410 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17414 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17415 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17416 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17417 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17419 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17420 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17424 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17429 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17430 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17432 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17434 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17435 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17436 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17439 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17445 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17446 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17447 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18177
17449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17451 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17452 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17453 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17454 often correct parser.")
17456 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17458 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17461 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17463 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17464 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17465 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17466 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17468 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17470 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17471 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17472 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17473 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17475 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17477 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17478 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17479 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17480 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17481 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17482 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17483 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17486 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17488 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17489 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17490 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17491 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17492 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17493 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17495 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17499 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17500 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18231
17502 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17504 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17505 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17506 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17508 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17509 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17511 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17513 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17514 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17518 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17519 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17523 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17524 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17525 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17527 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17529 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17530 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17531 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17533 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17537 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17538 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18177
17540 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17542 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17543 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17544 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17546 If `parens', they look like:
17547 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17548 If `angles', they look like:
17549 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17551 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17553 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17554 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17555 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17556 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17557 their `Resent-' variants.
17559 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17560 removed from alias expansions.
17562 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17564 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17565 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17566 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17568 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17569 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17570 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17571 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17573 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17575 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17576 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17577 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17578 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17584 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17585 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
17586 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17588 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17589 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17590 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17591 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17597 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17598 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17599 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18177 873))
17600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17602 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17603 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17605 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17606 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17607 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17608 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17609 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17610 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17612 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17613 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17614 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17615 dependency, despite the colon.
17617 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17619 In the browser, use the following keys:
17621 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17623 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17625 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17626 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17628 `makefile-target-colon':
17629 The string that gets appended to all target names
17630 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17631 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17633 `makefile-macro-assign':
17634 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17635 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17636 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17637 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17638 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17639 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17641 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17642 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17643 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17645 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17646 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17648 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17649 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17650 up or down in the browser.
17652 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17653 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17655 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17656 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17658 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17659 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17660 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17661 has been selected in the browser.
17663 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17664 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17665 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17666 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17667 filenames are omitted.
17669 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17670 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17671 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17672 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17673 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17674 the backslash itself intact.
17675 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17676 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17678 `makefile-browser-hook':
17679 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17680 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17682 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17683 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17684 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17685 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17689 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17690 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17694 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17695 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17699 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17700 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17704 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17705 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17709 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17710 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17716 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18177
17718 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17720 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17721 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17722 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17728 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18190 39677))
17729 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17731 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17733 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17734 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17735 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17736 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17737 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17738 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17739 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17741 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17742 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17743 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17744 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17746 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17748 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17749 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17751 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17755 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18177 867))
17756 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17758 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17759 Toggle Master mode.
17760 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17761 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17762 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17764 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17765 following commands:
17767 \\{master-mode-map}
17769 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17770 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17771 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17777 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17778 ;;;;;; (18190 39677))
17779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17781 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17782 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17783 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17785 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17786 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17788 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17790 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17791 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17792 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17793 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17794 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17796 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17797 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17803 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18213
17805 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17807 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17809 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17810 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17811 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17814 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17816 (custom-autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" nil)
17818 (autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" "\
17819 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17820 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17821 created in the future.
17822 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17823 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17829 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17830 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17831 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17832 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17833 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17834 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17835 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18231 31067))
17836 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17838 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17840 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17841 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17842 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17843 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17844 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17845 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17846 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17847 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17848 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17849 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17850 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17851 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17852 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17853 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17854 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17855 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17856 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17857 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17858 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17859 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17860 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17861 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17862 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17863 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17864 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17865 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17866 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17867 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17868 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17869 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17870 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17871 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17872 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17873 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17874 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17875 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17876 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17877 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17881 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17882 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17883 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17884 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17885 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17887 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17889 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17890 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17892 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17894 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17895 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17897 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17899 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17900 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17902 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17904 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17905 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17906 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17908 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17910 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17911 Cancel an article you posted.
17912 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17916 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17917 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17918 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17919 header line with the old Message-ID.
17923 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17924 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17928 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17929 Forward the current message via mail.
17930 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17931 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17933 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17935 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17938 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17940 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17943 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17945 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17946 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17950 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17951 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17953 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17955 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17956 Re-mail the current message.
17957 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17958 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17963 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17964 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17966 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17968 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17969 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17971 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17973 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17974 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17976 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17978 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17979 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17981 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17983 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17984 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17985 Works by overstriking characters.
17986 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17987 which specify the range to operate on.
17989 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17991 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17992 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17993 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17994 which specify the range to operate on.
17996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18000 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18001 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
18002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18004 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18005 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18009 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18010 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18014 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18015 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18019 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18020 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18026 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18027 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18028 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
18029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18031 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18032 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18033 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18037 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18038 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18039 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18040 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18041 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18042 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18043 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18045 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18047 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18048 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18049 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18050 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18051 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18053 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18054 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18056 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18058 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18059 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18060 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18061 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18062 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18064 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18065 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18067 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18071 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18072 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18073 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18177 868))
18074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18076 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18077 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18078 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18082 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18083 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18084 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18088 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18089 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18091 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18092 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18093 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18095 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18096 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18098 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18099 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18101 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18103 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18105 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18106 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18107 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18108 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18109 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18112 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18113 initial Subject field, respectively.
18115 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18116 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18119 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18122 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18124 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18125 Save draft and send message.
18127 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18128 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18129 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18132 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18133 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18134 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18136 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18137 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18138 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18139 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18140 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18141 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18143 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18144 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18148 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18149 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18151 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18152 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18153 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18154 delete the draft message.
18160 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18190 39683))
18161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18163 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18165 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18167 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18169 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18170 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18176 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18177 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18177 868))
18178 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18180 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18181 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18182 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18184 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18185 the MH mail system.
18187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18189 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18190 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18191 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18193 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18194 the MH mail system.
18196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18198 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18199 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18201 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18202 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18203 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18206 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18207 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18208 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18211 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18215 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18216 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18217 can be used in several ways.
18219 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18220 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18221 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18222 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18226 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18227 The range must be nonempty.
18232 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18233 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18240 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18243 All of the messages.
18245 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18246 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18248 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18249 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18250 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18252 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18258 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18259 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18177 868))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18262 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18263 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18264 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18265 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18266 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18267 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18268 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18269 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18270 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18271 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18272 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18276 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18277 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18278 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18279 to its second argument TM.
18281 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18285 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18286 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18177 868))
18287 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18289 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18290 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18291 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18292 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18293 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18294 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18296 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18298 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18299 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18300 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18301 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18302 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18303 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18304 default indication.
18306 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18307 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18313 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18314 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18317 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18318 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18323 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18327 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18328 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18329 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
18330 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18332 (autoload 'malayalam-compose-region "mlm-util" "\
18335 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18337 (autoload 'malayalam-post-read-conversion "mlm-util" "\
18340 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18342 (autoload 'malayalam-composition-function "mlm-util" "\
18343 Compose Malayalam characters after the position POS.
18344 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
18345 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
18347 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18351 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18352 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18177 861))
18353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18355 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18356 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18358 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18360 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18361 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18362 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18363 the entire message.
18364 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18366 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18370 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18371 ;;;;;; (18231 31067))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18374 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18375 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18376 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18377 the entire message.
18378 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18380 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18384 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18385 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18231 31067))
18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18388 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18389 Insert file contents of URL.
18390 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18392 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18394 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18395 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18397 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18401 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18402 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18231 31067))
18403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18405 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18406 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18407 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18408 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18409 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18411 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18413 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18414 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18415 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18417 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18421 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18422 ;;;;;; (18231 31067))
18423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18425 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18428 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18430 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18433 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18437 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18438 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18439 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18231 31067))
18440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18442 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18445 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18447 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18450 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18452 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18455 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18457 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18460 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18462 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18465 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18467 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18470 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18472 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18479 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18480 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
18481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18483 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18484 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18485 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18486 followed by the first character of the construct.
18488 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18489 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18490 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18491 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18492 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18493 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18494 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18495 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18496 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18497 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18498 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18499 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18500 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18503 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18504 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18505 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18511 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18512 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
18513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18515 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18516 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18518 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18520 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18521 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18523 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18527 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18177
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18531 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18532 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18533 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18536 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18538 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18540 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18541 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18542 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18543 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18545 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18547 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18549 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18551 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18552 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18553 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18554 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18555 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18556 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18558 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18559 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18560 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18561 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18562 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18564 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18565 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18567 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18568 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18570 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18572 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18573 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18574 primary selection and region.
18576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18580 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18177 871))
18581 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18583 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18584 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18590 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18231 31063))
18591 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18593 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18594 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18595 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18597 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18598 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18600 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18602 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18604 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18605 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18606 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18612 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
18613 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
18614 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18615 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18616 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18617 ;;;;;; (18206 27859))
18618 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18620 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18621 Display a list of all character sets.
18623 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18624 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18625 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18626 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18628 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18629 but still shows the full information.
18633 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18634 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18635 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18637 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18638 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18639 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18640 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18641 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18643 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18645 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18646 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18648 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18650 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18651 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18653 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18655 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18656 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18658 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18660 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18661 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18663 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18664 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18666 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18667 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18668 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18669 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18670 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18671 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18672 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18673 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18674 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18675 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18676 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18677 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18678 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18679 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18680 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18681 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18685 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18686 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18690 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18691 Display a list of all coding systems.
18692 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18694 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18695 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18699 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18700 Display a list of all coding categories.
18704 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18705 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18706 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18708 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18710 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18711 Display information about FONTSET.
18712 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18714 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18716 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18717 Display a list of all fontsets.
18718 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18719 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18720 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18724 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18725 Display information about all input methods.
18729 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18730 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18732 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18733 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18734 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18735 system which uses fontsets).
18739 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18740 Location of UnicodeData file.
18741 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18742 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18743 looked up from it.")
18745 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18747 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18748 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18749 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18750 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18752 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18756 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18757 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18758 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18759 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18760 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18761 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18177 865))
18762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18764 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18765 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18766 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18768 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18770 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18772 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18773 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18775 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18776 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18778 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18779 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18781 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18783 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18784 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18785 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18786 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18787 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18788 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18789 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18791 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18792 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18793 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18794 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18795 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18796 middle of a character in STR.
18798 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18799 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18801 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18802 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18803 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18804 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18805 defaults to \"...\".
18807 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18809 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18810 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18812 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18813 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18814 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18816 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18817 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18818 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18820 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18821 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18822 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18824 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18825 longer than KEYSEQ.
18826 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18828 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18830 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18831 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18832 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18833 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18834 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18835 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18836 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18837 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18838 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18839 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18840 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18842 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18844 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18845 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18847 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18849 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18850 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18852 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18854 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18855 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18857 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18859 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18860 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18862 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18864 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18865 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18866 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18867 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18868 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18870 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18872 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18873 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18874 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18875 coding systems ordered by priority.
18877 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18879 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18880 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18881 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18882 language environment LANG-ENV.
18884 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18886 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18887 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18888 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18889 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18890 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18891 basis, this may not be accurate.
18893 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18897 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18898 ;;;;;; (18177 869))
18899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18901 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18902 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18903 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18906 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18908 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18910 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18911 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18912 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18913 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18917 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18918 Enable mouse wheel support.
18920 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18924 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18925 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18926 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18927 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18177 869))
18928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18930 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18931 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18933 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18935 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18937 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18938 `ping-program-options'.
18942 (autoload 'ipconfig "net-utils" "\
18943 Run ipconfig program.
18947 (defalias 'ifconfig 'ipconfig)
18949 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18950 Run netstat program.
18954 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18955 Run the arp program.
18959 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18960 Run the route program.
18964 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18965 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18969 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18970 Run nslookup program.
18974 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18975 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18979 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18984 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18989 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18990 Finger USER on HOST.
18992 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18994 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18995 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18996 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18997 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18999 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19001 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19006 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19007 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19009 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19011 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19012 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19014 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19018 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19019 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19020 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19021 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19022 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19023 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18231 31063))
19024 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19026 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19028 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19030 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19032 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19034 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19035 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19036 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19037 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19038 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19039 Major modes should set this variable.")
19041 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19042 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19043 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19044 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19045 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19046 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19048 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19049 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19051 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19052 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19053 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19055 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19056 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19057 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19058 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19059 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19061 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19062 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19063 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19065 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19066 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19067 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19068 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19070 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19071 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19072 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19073 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19074 column indentation or nil.
19075 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19077 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19078 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19079 The function has no args.
19081 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19082 comments always start in column zero.")
19084 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
19085 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19086 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19088 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19090 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19091 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19092 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19093 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19095 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19096 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19098 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19100 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19101 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19102 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19103 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19104 customize this variable.
19106 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19107 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19109 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19111 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19112 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19113 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19114 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19115 the variables are properly set.
19117 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19119 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19120 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19124 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19125 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19126 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19128 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19130 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19131 Set the comment column based on point.
19132 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19133 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19134 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19135 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19139 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19140 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19141 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19145 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19146 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19147 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19150 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19152 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19153 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19154 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19155 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19156 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19157 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19158 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19159 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19161 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19162 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19164 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19166 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19167 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19168 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19169 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19171 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19173 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19174 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19175 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19176 is passed on to the respective function.
19178 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19180 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19181 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19182 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19183 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19184 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19185 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19186 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19187 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19188 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19189 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19193 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19194 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19195 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19197 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19199 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19200 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19201 This indents the body of the continued comment
19202 under the previous comment line.
19204 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19205 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19206 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19208 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19209 or comment indentation.
19211 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19212 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19214 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19218 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19219 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19220 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18231 31069))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19223 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19224 Check whether newsticker is running.
19225 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19226 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19230 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19231 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19232 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19233 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19238 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
19239 Start the newsticker.
19240 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19241 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19242 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19243 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19245 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19247 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19248 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19249 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19254 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19255 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19261 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19262 ;;;;;; (18231 31067))
19263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19265 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19266 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19268 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18231
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19276 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19277 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19278 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19279 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19280 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19281 symbol in the alist.
19283 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19287 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19288 ;;;;;; (18231 31068))
19289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19291 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19292 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19293 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19299 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19300 ;;;;;; (18231 31068))
19301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19303 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19304 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19305 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19311 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19312 ;;;;;; (18231 31068))
19313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19315 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19316 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19318 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19322 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19323 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18231 31068))
19324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19326 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19327 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19331 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19332 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19336 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19337 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19343 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19344 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18177 870))
19345 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19347 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19348 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19349 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19351 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19353 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19356 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19358 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19359 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19360 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19361 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19362 to future sessions.
19364 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19366 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19367 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19368 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19369 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19370 to future sessions.
19372 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19376 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19377 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
19378 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19380 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19381 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19383 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19384 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19385 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19391 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19392 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19395 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19396 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19397 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19398 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19399 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19405 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19406 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
19407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19409 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19410 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19411 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19413 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19415 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19416 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19418 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19419 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19420 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19424 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19428 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19429 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
19430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19432 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19433 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19435 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19436 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19437 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19438 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19440 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19441 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19442 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19443 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19444 is why you need this mode!).
19446 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19447 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19448 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19450 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19455 \\{octave-mode-map}
19457 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19458 ==============================================
19460 `octave-auto-indent'
19461 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19464 `octave-auto-newline'
19465 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19468 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19469 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19470 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19472 `octave-block-offset'
19473 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19476 `octave-continuation-offset'
19477 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19480 `octave-continuation-string'
19481 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19482 Default is a backslash.
19484 `octave-send-echo-input'
19485 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19486 command to the inferior Octave process.
19488 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19489 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19490 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19492 `octave-send-echo-input'
19493 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19495 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19497 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19498 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19500 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19502 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19503 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19505 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19508 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19510 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19511 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19512 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19513 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19519 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19520 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
19521 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19523 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
19524 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19525 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19529 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
19530 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19531 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19532 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19533 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19535 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19541 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19542 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19543 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views
19544 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19545 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt org-remember-handler org-remember
19546 ;;;;;; org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation org-open-at-point-global
19547 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19548 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19549 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19550 ;;;;;; "textmodes/org.el" (18231 31070))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19553 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19554 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19555 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19557 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19558 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19559 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19560 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19561 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19562 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19563 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19564 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19565 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19566 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19568 The following commands are available:
19574 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19575 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19577 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19578 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19579 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19580 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19581 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19583 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19584 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19585 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19586 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19587 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19588 and zoom in further.
19589 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19591 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19592 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19593 is negative, go up that many levels.
19595 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19596 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19597 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19599 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19600 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19601 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19605 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19606 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19610 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19611 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19612 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19613 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19614 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19617 M-up Move entry/item up
19618 M-down Move entry/item down
19621 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19622 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19623 M-S-left Promote subtree
19624 M-S-right Demote subtree
19625 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19627 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19628 TAB Cycle item visibility
19629 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19630 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19631 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19635 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19636 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19640 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19641 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19642 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19643 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19644 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additonal settings.
19648 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19651 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19653 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19654 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19658 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
19659 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19663 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19664 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19665 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19666 \\[org-insert-link].
19667 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19668 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19669 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19673 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19674 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19675 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19679 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19680 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19681 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19686 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
19687 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19688 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19689 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19690 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19694 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
19695 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19696 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19697 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19699 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19701 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
19702 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19703 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19704 of the remember buffer.
19706 \(fn &optional ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19708 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
19709 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19710 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19711 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19712 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19713 file the text at a specific location.
19714 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19715 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19716 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19718 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19719 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19720 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19721 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19722 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19723 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19724 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19725 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19727 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19728 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19729 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19730 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19731 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19732 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19734 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19735 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19736 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19738 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19739 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19740 \(i.e. after the stars).
19742 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19746 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org" "\
19747 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19748 When prefixed, prompt for a regular expression and use it as a
19749 filter: only add entries if they match this regular expression.
19751 FILTER can be a string. In this case, use this string as a
19752 regular expression to filter results.
19754 FILTER can also be an alist, with the car of each cell being
19755 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19757 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19758 (category \"Work\"))
19760 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19761 belonging to the category \"Work\".
19763 \(fn &optional FILTER)" t nil)
19765 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
19766 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19767 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19768 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19770 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19771 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19772 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19773 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19774 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19775 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19776 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19777 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19778 e Export views to associated files.
19780 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19781 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19782 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19784 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19785 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19786 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19787 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19790 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19792 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
19793 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19794 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19795 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19796 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19797 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19798 before running the agenda command.
19800 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19802 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
19803 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19804 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19805 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19806 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19807 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19808 before running the agenda command.
19810 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19811 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19813 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19815 category The category of the item
19816 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19817 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19818 todo selected in TODO match
19819 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19820 diary imported from diary
19821 deadline a deadline on given date
19822 scheduled scheduled on given date
19823 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19824 closed entry was closed on given date
19825 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19826 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19827 block entry has date block including g. date
19828 todo The todo keyword, if any
19829 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19830 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19831 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19832 extra Sting with extra planning info
19833 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19834 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19835 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19837 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19839 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19842 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19844 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
19845 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19847 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19849 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19850 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19851 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19852 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19856 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
19857 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19858 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19859 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19861 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19862 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19863 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19866 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19867 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19868 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19870 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19871 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19873 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19875 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
19876 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19877 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19878 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19879 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19880 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19884 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
19885 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19886 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19888 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19890 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
19891 Return diary information from org-files.
19892 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19893 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19894 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19895 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19897 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19898 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19899 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19901 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19903 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19904 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19905 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19906 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19908 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19909 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19910 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19912 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19913 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19914 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19915 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19917 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19919 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19921 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19922 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19926 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19927 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19928 So the example above may also be written as
19930 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19932 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19933 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19934 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19936 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19938 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
19939 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19940 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19941 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19945 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
19946 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19947 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19948 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19952 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
19953 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19954 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19960 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
19961 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19962 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
19963 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
19964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
19966 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
19967 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
19969 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19970 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19971 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19975 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
19976 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19977 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19981 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19982 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19983 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19984 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19985 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19986 then use this command to convert it.
19988 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19990 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19991 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19992 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19993 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19994 cut-and-paste operations.
19995 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19996 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19997 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19998 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20000 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20002 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20003 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20005 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20007 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20008 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20010 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY)" t nil)
20014 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
20015 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18231
20017 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20019 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20020 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
20022 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20024 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20025 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20026 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
20028 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20030 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20031 Publish the current file.
20032 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20034 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20036 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20037 Publish all projects.
20038 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20040 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20044 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20045 ;;;;;; (18190 39678))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20047 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20049 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20050 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20051 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20052 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20054 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20055 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20056 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20057 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20059 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20060 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20061 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20062 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20063 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20064 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20066 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20067 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20068 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20070 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20071 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20072 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20073 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20074 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20075 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20076 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20077 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20078 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20079 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20080 The subheadings remain visible.
20081 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20083 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20084 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20085 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20087 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20088 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20092 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20093 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20094 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20095 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18177
20103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20104 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20105 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20106 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20107 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20108 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20109 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20110 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20111 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20112 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20116 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18177 870))
20117 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20119 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20120 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20121 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20122 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20123 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20124 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20126 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20128 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20129 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20130 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20131 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20133 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20134 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20140 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20141 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
20142 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20144 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20145 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20146 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20147 unknown are returned as nil.
20149 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20153 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18177
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20157 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20158 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20159 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20161 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20162 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20164 Other useful functions are:
20166 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20167 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20168 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20169 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20170 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20171 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20172 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20173 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20174 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20176 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20178 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20179 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20180 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20181 Indentation for case statements.
20182 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20183 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20185 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20186 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20187 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20188 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20189 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20190 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20191 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20192 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20193 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20194 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20196 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20197 pascal-separator-keywords.
20199 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20200 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20206 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20207 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
20208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20210 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20211 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20212 The keys affected are:
20213 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20214 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20215 M-Backspace does undo.
20216 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20217 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20218 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20224 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20225 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (18213 1258))
20226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20228 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20229 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20230 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20233 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20235 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20237 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20238 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20240 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20242 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20243 which modify the status of the mark.
20245 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20246 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20248 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20249 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20251 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20252 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20253 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20254 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20255 turning PC Selection mode on.
20257 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20258 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20260 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20261 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20262 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20264 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20265 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20266 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20268 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20269 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20271 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20272 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20273 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20275 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20276 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20277 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20283 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20284 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20289 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20290 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20291 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20292 and cursor movement commands.
20293 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20295 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20297 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20301 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18177
20303 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20305 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20306 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20312 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20313 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18177 870))
20314 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20316 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20317 Completion for `gzip'.
20321 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20322 Completion for `bzip2'.
20326 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20327 Completion for GNU `make'.
20331 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20332 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20336 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20340 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20341 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18177 870))
20342 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20344 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20345 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20349 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20350 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20354 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20355 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20361 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18177
20363 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20365 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20366 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20367 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20368 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20369 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20370 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20376 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20377 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20378 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18177 870))
20379 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20381 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20382 Completion for `cd'.
20386 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20388 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20389 Completion for `rmdir'.
20393 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20394 Completion for `rm'.
20398 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20399 Completion for `xargs'.
20403 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20405 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20406 Completion for `which'.
20410 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20411 Completion for the `chown' command.
20415 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20416 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20422 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20423 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20424 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18177
20426 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20428 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20429 Support extensible programmable completion.
20430 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20431 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20433 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20435 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20436 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20440 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20441 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20442 This will modify the current buffer.
20446 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20447 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20451 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20452 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20453 This will modify the current buffer.
20457 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20458 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20462 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20463 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20467 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20468 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20469 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20470 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20471 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20473 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20475 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20476 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20482 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20483 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20484 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18194 36639))
20485 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20487 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20488 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20489 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20490 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20492 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20494 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20496 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20497 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20498 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20499 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20500 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20501 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20504 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20506 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20507 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20508 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20509 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20510 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20511 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20512 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20513 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20515 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20517 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20518 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20519 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20520 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20521 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20522 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20523 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20526 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20528 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20529 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20530 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20531 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20532 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20533 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20534 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20536 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20538 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20540 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20541 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20542 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20544 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20546 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20547 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20548 A value of nil means never do it.
20549 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20550 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20551 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20553 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20555 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20556 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20557 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18190 39678))
20562 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20564 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20568 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20569 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
20570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20571 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20573 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20574 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20575 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20576 Tab indents for Perl code.
20577 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20578 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20579 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20581 Variables controlling indentation style:
20582 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20583 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20584 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20585 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20586 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20587 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20588 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20590 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20591 `perl-indent-level'
20592 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20593 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20594 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20595 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20596 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20597 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20598 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20599 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20600 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20601 `perl-brace-offset'
20602 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20603 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20604 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20605 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20606 `perl-label-offset'
20607 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20608 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20609 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20611 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20612 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20613 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20614 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20615 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20616 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20617 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20619 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20625 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20626 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20627 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20628 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18177 871))
20629 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20631 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20632 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20634 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20636 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20637 passphrase cache or user.
20639 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20641 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20642 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20644 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20647 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20649 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20650 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20652 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20655 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20656 passphrase cache or user.
20658 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20660 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20661 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20663 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20665 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20668 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20669 passphrase cache or user.
20671 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20673 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20674 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20676 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20677 passphrase cache or user.
20679 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20681 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20682 Decrypt the current buffer.
20684 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20687 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20688 passphrase cache or user.
20690 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20692 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20693 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20695 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20696 a detached signature.
20698 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20699 and the output is displayed.
20701 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20702 passphrase cache or user.
20704 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20706 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20707 Sign the current buffer.
20709 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20710 detached signature.
20712 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20715 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20716 and the output is displayed.
20718 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20719 passphrase cache or user.
20721 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20723 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20724 Verify the current region between START and END.
20725 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20726 the detached signature of the current region.
20728 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20729 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20731 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20733 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20734 Verify the current buffer.
20735 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20736 the detached signature of the current region.
20737 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20738 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20739 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20742 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20744 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20745 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20749 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20750 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20752 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20754 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20755 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20761 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20762 ;;;;;; (18177 871))
20763 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20765 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20766 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20768 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20772 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20773 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
20774 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20776 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20777 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20778 \\<picture-mode-map>
20779 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20780 afterwards settable by these commands:
20782 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20783 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20784 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20785 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20787 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20788 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20789 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20790 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20792 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20793 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20794 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20795 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20797 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20798 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20799 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20800 with these commands:
20802 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20803 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20804 Move to column following last
20805 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20806 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20807 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20808 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20809 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20810 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20812 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20814 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20815 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20816 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20817 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20818 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20819 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20821 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20822 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20823 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20824 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20825 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20826 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20827 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20829 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20830 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20831 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20832 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20833 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20834 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20835 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20836 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20838 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20839 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20840 by supplying an argument.
20842 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20844 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20845 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20849 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20853 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20854 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
20855 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20857 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20858 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20859 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20861 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20865 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18177 871))
20866 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20868 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20869 Play pong and waste time.
20870 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20871 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20873 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20881 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20882 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18177 858))
20883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20885 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20886 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20887 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20888 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20890 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20892 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20893 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20897 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20898 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20899 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20900 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20901 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20903 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20905 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20906 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20907 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20909 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20911 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20912 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20913 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20914 Ignores leading comment characters.
20920 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20921 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20922 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20923 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20924 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20925 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20926 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20927 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20928 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20929 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20930 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20931 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20932 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20933 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20934 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20935 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20936 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20937 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20938 ;;;;;; (18231 31063))
20939 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20941 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20942 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20944 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20946 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20950 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20951 Preview directory using ghostview.
20953 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20954 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20955 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20956 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20958 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20959 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20960 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20961 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20962 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20965 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20967 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20969 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20970 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20972 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20973 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20974 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20975 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20977 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20978 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20979 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20980 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20981 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20984 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20986 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20988 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20989 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20992 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20993 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20994 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20996 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20997 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20998 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20999 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21000 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21003 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21005 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21007 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21008 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21010 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21012 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21013 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21014 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21015 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21017 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21018 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21019 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21020 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21021 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21024 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21026 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21028 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21029 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21031 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21032 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21033 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21035 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21036 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21037 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21038 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21040 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21042 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21043 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21045 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21046 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21047 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21049 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21050 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21051 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21052 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21054 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21056 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21057 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21059 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21060 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21061 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21063 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21064 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21065 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21066 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21068 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21070 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21071 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21073 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21075 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21076 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21077 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21079 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21080 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21081 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21082 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21084 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21086 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21087 Preview region using ghostview.
21089 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21091 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21093 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21094 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21096 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21098 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21100 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21101 Print region using PostScript printer.
21103 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21105 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21107 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21108 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21110 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21112 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21114 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21115 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21117 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21119 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21121 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21122 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21124 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21126 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21128 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21129 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21131 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21133 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21135 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21136 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21138 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21140 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21142 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21143 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21144 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21145 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21147 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21150 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21151 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21153 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21155 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21157 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21158 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21159 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21160 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21164 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21165 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21166 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21167 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21171 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21172 Print directory using text printer.
21174 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21177 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21178 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21180 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21182 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21184 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21185 Print buffer using text printer.
21189 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21190 Print region using text printer.
21194 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21195 Print major mode using text printer.
21199 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21200 Preview spooled PostScript.
21202 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21203 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21204 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21206 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21207 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21208 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21210 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21212 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21213 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21215 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21216 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21217 instead of sending it to the printer.
21219 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21220 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21221 image in a file with that name.
21223 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21225 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21226 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21228 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21229 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21230 instead of sending it to the printer.
21232 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21233 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21234 image in a file with that name.
21236 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21238 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21239 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21241 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21242 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21243 instead of sending it to the printer.
21245 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21246 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21247 image in a file with that name.
21249 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21251 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21252 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21254 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21256 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21257 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21259 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21261 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21262 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21264 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21266 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21267 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21269 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21271 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21272 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21274 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21277 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21279 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21280 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21281 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21282 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21284 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21285 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21286 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21287 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21288 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21289 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21292 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21295 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21300 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21302 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21304 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21310 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21315 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21320 Toggle printing with faces.
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21337 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21339 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21344 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21349 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21350 Toggle upside-down.
21354 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21355 Toggle line number.
21359 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21360 Toggle zebra stripes.
21364 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21365 Toggle printing header.
21369 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21370 Toggle printing header frame.
21374 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21379 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21380 Toggle auto region.
21384 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21389 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21390 Customization of the `printing' group.
21392 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21394 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21395 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21397 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21399 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21400 Help for the printing package.
21402 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21404 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21405 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21409 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21410 Interactively select a text printer.
21414 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21415 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21419 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21420 Show current ps-print settings.
21422 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21424 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21425 Show current printing settings.
21427 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21429 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21430 Show current lpr settings.
21432 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21435 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21437 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21438 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21439 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21440 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21443 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21445 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21446 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21447 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21449 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21450 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21451 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21452 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21453 current active printer.
21455 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21456 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21457 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21460 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21461 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21462 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21463 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21464 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21467 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21468 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21470 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21472 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21473 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21474 be done using the new current active printer.
21476 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21477 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21480 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21481 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21482 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21483 instead of sending it to the printer.
21485 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21486 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21489 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21492 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21495 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21497 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21498 Fast fire function for text printing.
21500 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21501 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21502 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21503 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21505 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21506 user for a new active text printer.
21508 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21510 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21512 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21513 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21516 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21518 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21521 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21525 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21526 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
21527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21529 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21530 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21531 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21533 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21534 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21535 if that value is non-nil.
21539 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21541 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21542 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21543 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21545 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18177 874))
21550 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21552 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21553 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21554 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21558 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18231
21560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21562 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21563 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21565 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21567 The following variables hold user options, and can
21568 be set through the `customize' command:
21570 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21572 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21573 `ps-mode-print-function'
21575 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21579 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21582 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21588 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21589 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21590 The keymap for this second window is:
21592 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21595 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21596 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21597 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21598 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21599 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21605 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21606 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21607 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21608 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21609 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21610 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18231
21612 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21614 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21615 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21616 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21618 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21620 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21621 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21622 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21623 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21625 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21627 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21628 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21632 nil Do not print colors.
21636 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21637 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21639 Any other value is treated as t.")
21641 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21643 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21644 Customization of ps-print group.
21648 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21649 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21651 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21652 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21653 sending it to the printer.
21655 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21656 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21657 image in a file with that name.
21659 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21661 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21662 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21663 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21664 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21665 so it has a way to determine color values.
21667 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21669 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21670 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21671 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21673 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21675 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21676 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21677 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21678 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21679 so it has a way to determine color values.
21681 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21683 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21684 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21685 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21686 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21688 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21692 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21693 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21694 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21695 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21696 so it has a way to determine color values.
21698 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21702 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21703 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21704 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21706 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21708 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21710 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21711 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21712 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21713 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21714 so it has a way to determine color values.
21716 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21718 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21720 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21721 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21723 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21724 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21725 instead of sending it to the printer.
21727 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21728 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21729 image in a file with that name.
21731 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21733 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21734 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21735 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21736 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21737 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21741 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21742 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21743 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21745 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21747 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21748 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21749 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21751 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21753 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21754 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21758 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21759 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21761 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21762 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21764 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21765 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21767 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21769 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21771 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21773 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21774 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21776 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21777 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21779 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21780 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21782 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21784 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21786 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21788 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21789 foreground and background colors respectively.
21791 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21792 bold - use bold font.
21793 italic - use italic font.
21794 underline - put a line under text.
21795 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21796 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21797 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21798 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21799 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21801 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21803 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21807 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21808 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
21809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21811 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21813 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21815 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21817 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21818 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21819 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21820 buffer automatically.
21822 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21823 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21824 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21825 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21826 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21827 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21828 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21830 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21831 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21832 buffer for a list of commands.)
21834 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21836 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21837 Major mode for editing Python files.
21838 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21839 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21840 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21841 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21843 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21844 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21845 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21846 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21847 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21848 \\<python-mode-map>
21849 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21850 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21851 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21852 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21853 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21854 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21856 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21857 effect outside them.
21859 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21860 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21861 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21862 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21863 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21864 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21865 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21866 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21867 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21869 \\{python-mode-map}
21873 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21874 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21875 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21876 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21882 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21883 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
21884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21886 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21887 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21888 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21891 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21892 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21894 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21895 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21896 them into characters should be done separately.
21898 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21902 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21903 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21904 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21905 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21906 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18177 865))
21907 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21909 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21910 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21914 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21915 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21916 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21918 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21919 `quail-activate', which see.
21921 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21923 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21924 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21925 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21926 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21927 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21928 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21929 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21931 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21932 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21933 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21934 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21935 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21937 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21939 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21940 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21941 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21942 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21943 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21944 list of candidates.
21946 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21947 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21948 command to be called.
21950 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21951 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21952 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21953 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21955 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21956 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21957 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21958 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21959 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21962 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21963 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21964 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21965 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21967 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21968 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21969 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21970 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21972 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21973 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21974 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21975 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21976 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21977 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21979 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21980 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21981 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21982 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21983 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21984 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21986 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21987 covers Quail translation region.
21989 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21990 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21991 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21992 for it) is inserted.
21994 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21995 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21996 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21998 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21999 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22000 non-Quail commands.
22002 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22004 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22005 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22007 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22008 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22009 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22010 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22011 you type is correctly handled.
22013 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22015 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22016 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22018 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22021 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22023 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22024 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22025 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22026 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22027 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22028 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22029 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22030 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22031 for the translation.
22032 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22034 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22035 it is used to handle KEY.
22037 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22038 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22039 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22040 the following annotation types are supported.
22042 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22043 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22045 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22048 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22049 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22050 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22053 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22054 generated for the following translations.
22056 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22058 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22059 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22061 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22062 which to install MAP.
22064 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22066 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22068 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22069 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22071 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22072 which to install MAP.
22074 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22076 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22078 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22079 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22080 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22081 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22082 a function, or a cons.
22083 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22084 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22085 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22086 for the translation.
22087 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22088 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22089 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22090 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22091 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22093 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22094 it is used to handle KEY.
22096 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22097 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22098 current Quail package.
22100 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22101 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22103 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22105 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22106 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22108 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22109 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22111 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22113 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22114 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22116 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22118 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22119 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22120 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22121 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22122 of the Emacs source tree.
22124 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22125 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22127 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22128 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22131 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22135 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22136 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22137 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18177
22139 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22141 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22142 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22143 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22144 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22146 To make use of this do something like:
22148 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22150 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22152 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22153 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22155 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22156 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22157 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22159 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22161 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22162 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22164 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22166 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22167 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22169 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22172 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22174 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22175 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22177 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22178 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22179 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22181 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22183 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22184 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22186 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22188 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22189 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22193 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22194 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22196 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22198 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22202 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22203 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22209 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22210 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18231 31069))
22211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22213 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22214 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22216 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22218 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22222 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22224 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22227 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22229 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22230 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22231 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22233 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22234 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22236 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22238 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22239 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22245 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18177
22247 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22249 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22250 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22253 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22257 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22258 ;;;;;; (18190 39682))
22259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22261 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22263 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22264 Construct a regexp interactively.
22270 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18190 39678))
22271 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22273 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22274 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22275 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22277 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22278 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22280 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22282 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22283 Toggle recentf mode.
22284 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22285 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22287 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22288 that were operated on recently.
22290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22294 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22295 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22296 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22297 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18177
22299 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22301 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22302 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22303 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22304 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22306 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22308 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22310 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22311 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22312 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22313 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22316 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22317 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22320 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22322 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22323 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22324 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22326 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22327 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22330 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22332 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22333 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22334 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22336 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22338 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22339 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22341 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22342 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22344 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22347 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22348 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22349 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22350 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22353 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22355 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22356 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22360 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22361 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22362 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22363 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22364 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22365 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22366 and point is at the lower right corner.
22368 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22370 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22371 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22373 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22374 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22376 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22377 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22378 on the right side of the rectangle.
22380 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22382 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22384 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22385 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22386 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22387 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22388 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22390 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22391 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22393 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22395 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22396 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22397 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22399 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22401 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22403 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22405 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22406 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22408 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22409 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22410 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22412 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22414 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22415 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22416 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22418 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22419 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22420 rectangle which were empty.
22422 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22426 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18177
22428 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22430 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22431 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22432 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22434 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22435 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22436 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22442 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22443 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18231 31070))
22444 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22446 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22447 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22451 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22452 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22454 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22455 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22457 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22458 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22459 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22462 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22463 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22464 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22466 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22467 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22468 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22470 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22471 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22473 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22474 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22476 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22477 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22480 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22484 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22485 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22486 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22492 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22493 ;;;;;; (18194 36640))
22494 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22496 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22497 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22498 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22499 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22500 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22501 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22503 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22505 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22507 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22508 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22509 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22510 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22511 `reftex-cite-format'.
22513 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22514 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22515 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22516 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22518 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22522 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22523 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22524 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22526 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22527 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22528 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22529 the current TeX document.
22531 With no argument, this command toggles
22532 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22533 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22539 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22540 ;;;;;; (18231 31070))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22543 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22544 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22545 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22547 To insert new phrases, use
22548 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22549 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22551 To index phrases use one of:
22553 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22554 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22555 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22556 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22557 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22559 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22560 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22562 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22564 Here are all local bindings.
22566 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22572 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22573 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
22574 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22576 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22577 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22578 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22581 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18177
22587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22588 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22589 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22590 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22591 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22595 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22596 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
22597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22599 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22600 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22601 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22602 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22603 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22604 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22606 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22607 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22609 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22612 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22614 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22615 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22616 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22617 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22619 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-clipboard remember-other-frame remember)
22624 ;;;;;; "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (18230 21316))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22627 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22628 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22629 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22630 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22632 With a prefix, use the region as INITIAL.
22634 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22636 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22637 Call `remember' in another frame.
22639 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22641 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22642 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22643 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22650 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries) "remember-diary"
22651 ;;;;;; "textmodes/remember-diary.el" (18230 21313))
22652 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember-diary.el
22654 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember-diary" "\
22655 Extract diary entries from the region.
22661 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18190 39678))
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22664 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22665 Repeat most recently executed command.
22666 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22667 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22668 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22670 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22671 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22672 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22673 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22675 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22676 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22677 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22679 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22683 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22684 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22687 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22688 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22690 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22691 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22692 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22693 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22694 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22695 and point is left after the salutation.
22697 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22698 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22699 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22700 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22701 left after that text.
22703 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22706 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22707 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22708 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22709 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22711 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22715 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22716 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
22717 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22719 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22720 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22721 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22722 visibility of comments that precede it.
22723 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22724 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22725 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22726 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22727 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22728 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22729 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22730 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22732 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22733 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22734 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22735 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22736 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22739 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22743 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18177
22745 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22747 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22748 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22754 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22755 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
22756 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22758 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22759 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22760 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22762 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22763 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22764 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22768 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22769 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22770 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22772 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22773 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22775 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22777 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22778 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22779 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22781 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22782 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22783 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22789 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22790 ;;;;;; (18195 4247))
22791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22793 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22794 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22798 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22799 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22801 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22805 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18177 869))
22806 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22807 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22809 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22810 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22811 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22812 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22814 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22816 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22817 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22818 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22819 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22821 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22822 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22824 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22825 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22827 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22828 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22831 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22832 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22833 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22834 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22835 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22837 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22838 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22839 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22840 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22842 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22843 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22846 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22850 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22851 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22852 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22853 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22854 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22855 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22856 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18194
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22860 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22861 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22862 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22864 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22866 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22867 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22868 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22869 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22871 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22873 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22874 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22875 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22876 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22877 value is the user's email address and name.)
22878 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22880 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22881 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22882 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22883 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22884 which normally happens once for each message,
22885 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22886 To make a change in this variable take effect
22887 for a message that you have already viewed,
22888 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22890 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22892 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22893 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22894 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22895 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22897 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22899 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22900 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22902 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22904 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22905 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22906 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22907 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22909 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22911 (defvar rmail-highlight-face 'rmail-highlight "\
22912 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22914 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlight-face "rmail" t)
22916 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22917 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22919 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
22921 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22922 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22923 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22924 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22925 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22927 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22929 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22930 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22931 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22932 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22934 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
22936 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22937 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22939 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22941 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22942 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22944 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22946 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
22947 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22949 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
22951 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22952 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22954 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22955 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22957 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22958 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22960 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22962 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22963 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22965 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22966 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22967 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22968 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22970 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22971 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22973 This is set to nil by default.")
22975 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22976 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22977 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22978 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22979 until a user explicitly requires it.
22981 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22982 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22985 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
22987 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22988 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22989 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22990 It is called with no argument.")
22992 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22993 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22994 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22995 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22996 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22997 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22998 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23000 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23001 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23002 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23003 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23004 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23005 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23007 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23008 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23009 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23010 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23011 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23013 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23014 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23015 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23016 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23017 MSG is the message number,
23018 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23019 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23021 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23022 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23023 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23024 this feature is required with `require'.
23026 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23027 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23029 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23030 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23031 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23032 the message is decoded as normal way.
23034 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23035 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23036 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23038 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23039 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23040 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23042 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23043 Read and edit incoming mail.
23044 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23045 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23046 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23048 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23049 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23050 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23051 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23053 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23055 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23057 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23058 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23059 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23060 Instead, these commands are available:
23062 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23063 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23064 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23065 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23066 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23067 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23068 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23069 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23070 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23071 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23072 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23073 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23074 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23075 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23076 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23077 till a deleted message is found.
23078 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23079 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23080 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23081 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23082 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23083 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23084 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23085 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23086 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23087 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23088 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23089 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23090 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23091 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23092 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23093 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23094 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23095 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23096 (label defaults to last one specified).
23097 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23098 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23099 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23100 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23101 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23102 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23103 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23104 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23105 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23109 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23110 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23112 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23114 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23115 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23117 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23121 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23122 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
23123 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23125 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23126 Edit the contents of this message.
23132 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23133 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23134 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18177 867))
23135 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23137 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23138 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23139 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23141 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23143 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23144 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23145 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23147 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23149 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23152 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23154 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23155 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23156 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23157 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23158 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23160 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23162 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23163 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23164 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23165 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23166 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23168 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23172 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23173 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
23174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23176 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23177 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23178 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23179 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23181 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23185 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23186 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23187 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18177 867))
23188 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23190 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23191 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23192 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23193 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23194 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23195 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23196 a file name as a string.")
23198 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23200 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23201 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23202 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23203 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23204 buffer visiting that file.
23205 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23206 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23208 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23209 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23211 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23212 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23214 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23215 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23217 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23219 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23220 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23222 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23224 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23225 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23226 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23227 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23228 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23230 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23231 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23232 will be appended with their original headers.
23234 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23235 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23237 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23238 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23240 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23242 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23244 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23245 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23246 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23248 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23252 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23253 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23254 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18177
23256 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23258 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23259 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23260 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23262 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23264 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23265 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23266 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23268 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23270 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23271 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23272 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23274 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23276 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23277 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23278 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23280 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23282 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23283 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23284 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23286 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23288 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23289 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23290 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23292 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23294 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23295 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23296 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23297 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23299 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23303 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23304 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23305 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23306 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23307 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18177 867))
23308 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23310 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23311 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23313 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23315 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23316 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23318 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23320 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23321 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23325 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23326 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23327 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23329 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23331 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23332 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23333 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23334 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23335 only look in the To and From fields.
23336 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23338 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23340 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23341 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23342 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23343 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23344 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23346 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23348 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23349 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23350 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23351 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23352 look in the whole message.
23353 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23355 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23357 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23358 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23359 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23361 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23363 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23364 *Function to decode summary-line.
23366 By default, `identity' is set.")
23368 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23370 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23371 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23372 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23373 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23374 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23375 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23376 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23378 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23379 sent by you under different user names.
23380 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23382 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23384 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23388 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23389 ;;;;;; (18177 870))
23390 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23392 (autoload 'news-post-news "rnewspost" "\
23393 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23394 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23395 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23397 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23401 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23402 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (17928 6535))
23403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23405 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23406 Define a robin package.
23408 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23409 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23410 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23411 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23413 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23414 one replaces the old one.
23416 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23418 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23419 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23421 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23422 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23423 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23425 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23427 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23428 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23430 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23434 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23435 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18177 874))
23436 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23438 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23439 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23441 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23443 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23444 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23446 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23448 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23449 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23453 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23454 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23455 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23457 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23458 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23461 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23465 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23466 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23472 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18177
23474 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23476 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23477 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23483 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18190
23485 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23487 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23488 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23489 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23490 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23492 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23494 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23495 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23496 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23497 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23499 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23503 matches string STRING literally.
23506 matches character CHAR literally.
23508 `not-newline', `nonl'
23509 matches any character except a newline.
23512 matches any character
23517 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23518 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23519 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23521 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23522 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23523 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23524 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23526 `(not (any SET ...))'
23527 matches any character not in SET ...
23529 `line-start', `bol'
23530 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23531 in the text being matched
23534 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23536 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23537 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23538 string being matched against.
23540 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23541 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23542 string being matched against.
23545 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23546 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23549 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23550 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23553 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23555 `word-start', `bow'
23556 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23559 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23562 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23565 `(not word-boundary)'
23566 `not-word-boundary'
23567 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23571 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23574 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23576 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23577 matches 0 through 9.
23580 matches ASCII control characters.
23582 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23583 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23586 matches space and tab only.
23589 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23592 `printing', `print'
23593 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23596 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23597 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23598 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23600 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23601 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23602 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23605 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23608 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23610 `lower', `lower-case'
23611 matches anything lower-case.
23613 `upper', `upper-case'
23614 matches anything upper-case.
23616 `punctuation', `punct'
23617 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23618 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23620 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23621 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23624 matches anything that has word syntax.
23627 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23630 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23631 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23632 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23634 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23635 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23638 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23639 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23640 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23641 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23642 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23644 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23645 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23646 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23647 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23648 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23650 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23651 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23653 `(category CATEGORY)'
23654 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23655 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23657 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23658 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23659 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23660 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23664 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23665 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23666 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23667 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23668 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23669 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23670 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23671 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23672 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23673 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23674 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23675 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23676 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23677 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23686 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23690 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23692 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23697 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23698 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23700 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23701 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23702 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23703 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23704 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23706 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23707 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23708 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23709 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23711 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23712 another name for `submatch'.
23714 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23715 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23716 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23717 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23718 regular expression.
23720 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23721 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23722 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23723 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23724 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23726 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23727 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23729 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23730 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23732 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23734 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23737 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23738 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23741 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23742 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23744 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23746 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23749 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23752 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23754 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23755 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23757 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23760 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23763 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23767 matches N occurrences.
23770 matches N or more occurrences.
23772 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23773 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23774 matches N to M occurrences.
23777 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23780 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23783 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23786 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23790 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23792 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23796 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23797 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
23798 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23800 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23801 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23802 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23805 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23807 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23808 Toggle savehist-mode.
23809 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23810 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23811 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23812 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23814 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23815 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23816 which is probably undesirable.
23822 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23823 ;;;;;; (18177 873))
23824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23826 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23827 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23828 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23830 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23831 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23832 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23833 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23834 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23835 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23836 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23837 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23840 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23841 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23842 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23843 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23844 if that value is non-nil.
23848 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23849 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23850 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23853 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23854 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23855 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23856 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23857 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23858 that variable's value is a string.
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23865 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23868 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23869 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23870 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23872 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23878 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (18177
23880 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23882 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
23883 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23884 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23885 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23887 Interesting variables:
23889 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23890 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23892 `scribe-electric-quote'
23893 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23895 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23896 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23897 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23903 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23904 ;;;;;; (18177 874))
23905 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23907 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23908 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23909 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23912 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23914 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23916 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23917 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23918 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23919 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23920 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23926 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23927 ;;;;;; (18213 1255))
23928 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23930 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23931 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23932 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23933 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23934 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23941 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23942 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23943 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23944 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23945 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23946 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23947 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23948 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23949 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18203 51789))
23950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23952 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
23953 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23955 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23957 If `parens', they look like:
23958 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23959 If `angles', they look like:
23960 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23961 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23962 derived from the envelope-from address.
23964 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23965 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23966 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23967 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23969 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23971 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23972 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23973 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23974 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23976 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23977 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23978 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23979 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23981 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23983 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23984 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23985 This is done when the message is initialized,
23986 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23988 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23990 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23991 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23992 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23994 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23996 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23998 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23999 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24000 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24001 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24002 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24003 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24004 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24006 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24008 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24009 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24011 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24013 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24014 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24015 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24017 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24019 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24020 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24021 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24022 when you first send mail.")
24024 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24026 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24027 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24028 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24029 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24030 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24032 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24034 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24035 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24036 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24037 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24038 This file need not actually exist.")
24040 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24042 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24043 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24044 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24046 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24048 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24049 Alist of mail address aliases,
24050 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24051 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24052 can specify a different file name.)
24053 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24054 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24056 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24057 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24058 nil means use indentation.")
24060 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24062 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24063 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24064 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24066 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24068 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24069 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24070 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24071 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24072 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24073 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24074 in the cited portion of the message.
24076 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24077 instead of no action.")
24079 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24081 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24082 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24083 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24084 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24085 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24087 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24089 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24090 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24091 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24092 If a string, that string is inserted.
24093 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24094 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24095 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24096 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24098 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24100 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24101 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24103 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24105 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24106 Directory for mail buffers.
24107 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24108 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24110 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24112 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24113 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24114 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24115 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24117 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24119 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24120 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24121 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24122 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24125 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24127 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24128 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24129 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24130 `query' means ask the user each time.
24131 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24132 The default is `mime'.
24133 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24134 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24136 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24138 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24139 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24140 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24142 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24143 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24145 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24146 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24147 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24148 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24149 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24150 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24151 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24152 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24153 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24154 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24155 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24156 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24157 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24161 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24162 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24164 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24165 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24167 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24169 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24170 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24171 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24172 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24173 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24174 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24176 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24177 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24178 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24180 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24181 User should not set this variable manually,
24182 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24183 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24184 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24185 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24187 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24188 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24189 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24190 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24192 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24193 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24196 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24198 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24199 to move to message header fields:
24202 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24203 when the message is initialized.
24205 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24206 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24208 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24211 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24212 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24214 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24215 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24216 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24217 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24218 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24219 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24220 buffer without erasing the contents.
24222 The second through fifth arguments,
24223 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24224 the initial contents of those header fields.
24225 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24226 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24227 original message being replied to, or else an action
24228 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24229 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24230 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24231 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24232 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24233 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24235 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24237 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24238 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24240 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24242 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24243 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24245 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24249 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24250 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18231 31064))
24251 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24253 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24254 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24255 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24256 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24257 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24258 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24260 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24261 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24263 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24265 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24266 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24267 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24269 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24270 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24272 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24274 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24275 Toggle Server mode.
24276 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24277 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24278 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24282 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24283 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24285 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24287 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24288 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24290 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24294 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18231 31064))
24295 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24297 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24298 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24299 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24303 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24304 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24305 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24306 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24312 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24313 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
24314 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24316 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24317 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24319 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24322 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24323 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24324 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24326 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24327 in your `.emacs' file.
24329 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24331 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24332 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24337 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24339 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24340 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24341 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24342 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24343 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24344 which this is based.
24346 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24348 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24349 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24350 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24351 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24353 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24354 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24355 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24357 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24358 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24359 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24360 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24362 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24363 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24364 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24365 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24367 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24369 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24370 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24371 To work around that, do:
24372 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24380 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24381 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
24382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24383 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24385 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24386 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24387 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24388 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24389 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24390 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24392 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24393 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24394 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24395 shell-specific features.
24397 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24398 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24399 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24401 \\[sh-case] case statement
24402 \\[sh-for] for loop
24403 \\[sh-function] function definition
24404 \\[sh-if] if statement
24405 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24406 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24407 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24408 \\[sh-select] select loop
24409 \\[sh-until] until loop
24410 \\[sh-while] while loop
24412 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24413 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24414 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24415 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24416 would indent to the way it currently is.
24417 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24418 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24421 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24422 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24423 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24424 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24425 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24426 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24428 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24430 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24432 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24433 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24434 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24436 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24437 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24441 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24445 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (18177 862))
24446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24448 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24449 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24450 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24451 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24452 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24453 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24455 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24459 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24460 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
24461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24463 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24464 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24466 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24467 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24468 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24469 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24472 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24474 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24476 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24477 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24478 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24480 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24481 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24483 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24484 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24485 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24486 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24487 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24488 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24489 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24492 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24493 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24494 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24495 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24496 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24498 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24499 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24500 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24506 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24507 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18231
24509 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24511 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24512 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24513 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24514 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24515 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24516 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24517 sites in the cluster.
24521 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24522 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24523 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24524 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24525 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24529 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24530 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24531 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24532 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24533 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24534 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24535 `shadow-define-cluster').
24539 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24540 Set up file shadowing.
24546 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24547 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
24548 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24550 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24551 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24552 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24553 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24554 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24557 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24559 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24560 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24561 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24562 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24563 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24565 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24566 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24567 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24568 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24569 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24570 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24571 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24572 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24573 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24574 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24575 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24577 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24578 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24579 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24580 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24581 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24582 `default-process-coding-system'.
24584 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24585 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24586 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24587 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24589 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24591 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24592 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24596 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24597 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18231 31069))
24598 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24600 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24603 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24605 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24608 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24610 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24613 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24617 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24618 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
24619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24621 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24622 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24623 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24624 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24625 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24627 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18231 31064))
24634 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24635 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24639 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18231
24641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24643 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24644 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24645 \\{simula-mode-map}
24646 Variables controlling indentation style:
24647 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24648 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24649 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24650 `simula-indent-level'
24651 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24652 `simula-substatement-offset'
24653 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24654 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24655 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24656 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24657 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24658 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24659 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24660 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24661 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24662 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24663 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24664 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24665 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24666 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24667 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24668 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24669 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24670 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24671 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24672 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24673 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24674 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24675 or nil if they should not be changed.
24676 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24677 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24678 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24679 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24681 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24682 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24688 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24689 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18177 874))
24690 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24692 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24693 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24695 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24696 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24697 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24698 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24700 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24702 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24704 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24705 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24706 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24707 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24708 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24710 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24711 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24713 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24715 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24716 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24718 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24719 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24720 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24721 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24723 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24724 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24725 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24726 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24728 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24729 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24730 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24732 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24733 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24735 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24736 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24738 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24739 _ interesting point, interregion here
24740 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24741 interesting point set by _
24742 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24743 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24744 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24745 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24746 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24747 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24750 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24751 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24753 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24754 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24755 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24756 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24757 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24758 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24759 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24760 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24762 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24763 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24764 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24765 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24766 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24769 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24770 then: insert previously read string once more
24771 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24772 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24773 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24775 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24776 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24778 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24780 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24781 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24783 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24784 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24785 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24786 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24787 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24790 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24791 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24792 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24798 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24799 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
24800 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24802 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24803 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24804 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24807 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24809 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24810 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24811 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24817 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24818 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
24819 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24821 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24822 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24823 A list of images is returned.
24825 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24827 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24828 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24829 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24831 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24835 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24836 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18177 867))
24837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24839 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24844 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24845 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24851 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18177 871))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24854 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24855 Play the Snake game.
24856 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24858 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24860 Snake mode keybindings:
24862 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24863 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24864 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24865 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24866 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24867 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24868 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24874 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24875 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24878 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24879 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24880 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24881 Tab indents for C code.
24882 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24883 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24885 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24890 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24891 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24892 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24893 Tab indents for C code.
24894 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24895 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24897 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24898 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24904 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24905 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24906 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18177 856))
24907 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24909 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
24910 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24912 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24913 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24914 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24916 For example, the form
24918 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24919 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24921 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24923 (custom-autoload 'calendar-time-display-form "solar" t)
24925 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24926 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24928 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24929 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24930 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24933 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24935 (custom-autoload 'calendar-latitude "solar" t)
24937 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24938 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24940 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24941 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24942 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24945 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24947 (custom-autoload 'calendar-longitude "solar" t)
24949 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
24950 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24951 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24954 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24956 (custom-autoload 'calendar-location-name "solar" t)
24958 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24959 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24960 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24962 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24963 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24965 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24969 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
24970 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24971 Requires floating point.
24977 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18190
24979 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24981 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24984 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24985 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24986 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24987 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24988 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24989 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24990 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24991 check after each move or undo)
24995 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24996 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24997 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25016 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25017 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25018 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25019 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25021 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25022 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25023 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25026 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25027 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25029 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25045 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25047 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25053 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25054 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25055 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18177 874))
25056 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25057 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25059 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25060 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25062 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25063 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25064 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25065 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25068 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25069 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25070 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25073 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25074 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25076 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25077 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25078 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25079 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25082 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25083 It should move point to the end of the record.
25085 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25086 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25087 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25088 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25089 starts at the beginning of the record.
25091 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25092 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25095 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25096 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25098 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25100 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25101 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25102 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25103 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25104 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25107 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25109 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25110 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25111 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25112 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25113 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25116 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25118 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25119 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25120 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25121 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25122 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25125 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25126 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25128 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25129 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25130 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25131 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25132 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25133 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25134 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25135 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25136 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25138 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25140 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25141 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25142 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25143 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25144 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25145 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25146 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25149 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25151 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25152 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25153 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25154 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25155 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25156 is to be used for sorting.
25157 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25158 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25159 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25160 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25161 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25163 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25165 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25168 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25169 starting with the letter \"f\",
25170 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25172 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25174 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25175 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25176 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25177 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25178 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25179 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25180 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25183 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25184 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25185 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25186 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25187 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25189 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25191 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25192 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25193 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25195 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25199 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18231
25201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25203 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25204 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25205 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25206 can call spam-initialize before you set spam-use-* variables on
25207 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25208 installed through spam-necessary-extra-headers.
25210 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25214 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25215 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25216 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18231 31069))
25217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25219 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25220 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25222 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25223 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25224 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25226 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25228 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25229 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25230 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25233 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25235 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25236 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25237 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25239 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25241 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25242 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25243 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25244 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25249 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25250 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25251 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25252 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25258 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25259 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18190 39679))
25260 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25262 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25264 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25265 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25266 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25267 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25268 supported at a time.
25269 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25270 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25274 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25275 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25276 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25277 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25283 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25284 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18177 876))
25285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25287 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25289 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25290 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25291 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25292 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25293 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25294 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25298 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25299 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25300 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25301 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25305 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25306 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25307 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25308 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25309 for example, \"word\".
25311 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25313 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25314 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25316 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25320 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18177
25322 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25324 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25325 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25329 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25330 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25336 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25337 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25338 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25339 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18190
25341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25343 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25344 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25346 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25347 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25348 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25349 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25350 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25351 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25352 of the current highlighting list.
25356 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25357 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25359 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25360 `_t' as data types.
25362 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25364 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25365 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25367 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25368 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25370 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25372 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25373 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25374 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25376 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25378 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25379 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25380 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25381 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25382 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25383 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25385 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25386 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25388 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25390 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25391 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25392 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25393 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25395 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25396 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25397 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25398 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25400 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25401 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25402 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25406 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25407 Major mode to edit SQL.
25409 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25410 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25411 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25414 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25416 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25417 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25418 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25419 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25420 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25421 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25423 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25424 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25426 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25427 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25428 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25430 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25432 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25436 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25437 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25439 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25440 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25443 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25445 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25447 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25448 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25450 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25451 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25454 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25455 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25456 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25457 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25459 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25460 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25462 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25463 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25464 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25465 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25466 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25467 `default-process-coding-system'.
25469 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25473 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25474 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25476 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25477 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25480 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25481 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25482 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25483 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25485 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25486 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25488 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25489 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25490 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25491 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25492 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25493 `default-process-coding-system'.
25495 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25499 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25500 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25502 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25503 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25506 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25507 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25509 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25510 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25512 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25513 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25514 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25515 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25516 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25517 `default-process-coding-system'.
25519 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25523 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25524 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25526 SQLite is free software.
25528 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25529 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25532 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25533 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25534 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25535 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25537 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25538 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25540 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25541 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25542 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25543 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25544 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25545 `default-process-coding-system'.
25547 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25551 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25552 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25554 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25556 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25557 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25560 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25561 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25562 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25563 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25565 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25566 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25568 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25569 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25570 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25571 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25572 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25573 `default-process-coding-system'.
25575 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25579 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25580 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25582 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25583 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25586 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25587 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25590 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25591 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25593 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25594 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25595 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25596 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25597 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25598 `default-process-coding-system'.
25600 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25604 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25605 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25607 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25608 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25611 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25612 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25614 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25615 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25617 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25618 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25619 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25620 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25621 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25622 `default-process-coding-system'.
25624 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25628 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25629 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25631 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25632 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25635 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25636 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25637 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25638 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25640 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25641 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25643 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25644 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25646 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25647 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25648 `default-process-coding-system'.
25650 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25654 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25655 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25657 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25658 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25661 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25662 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25663 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25664 `sql-postgres-options'.
25666 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25667 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25669 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25670 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25671 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25672 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25673 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25674 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25675 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25676 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25678 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25679 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25681 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25685 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25686 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25688 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25689 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25692 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25693 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25696 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25697 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25699 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25700 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25701 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25702 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25703 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25704 `default-process-coding-system'.
25706 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25710 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25711 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25713 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25714 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25717 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25720 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25721 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25723 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25724 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25725 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25726 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25728 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25729 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25730 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25731 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25732 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25733 `default-process-coding-system'.
25735 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25739 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25740 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25742 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25743 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25746 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25747 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25748 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25749 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25752 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25753 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25754 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25755 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25758 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25759 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25761 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25767 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25768 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25769 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25770 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25771 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18231
25773 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25775 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25776 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25777 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25778 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25779 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25780 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25782 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25784 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25786 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25787 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25788 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25789 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25790 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25791 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25792 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25794 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25796 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25797 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25798 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25799 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25800 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25801 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25802 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25804 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25806 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25807 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25808 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25810 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25812 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25813 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25814 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25816 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25818 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25819 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25821 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25823 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25824 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25828 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25829 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25833 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25834 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25835 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25836 chronologically by command name.
25837 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25839 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25841 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25842 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25843 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25845 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25846 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25848 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25850 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25851 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25852 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25853 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25854 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25855 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25856 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25858 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25859 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25860 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25861 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25863 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25867 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25868 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25869 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25870 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25872 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25874 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25875 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25881 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25882 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16511 54937))
25883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25885 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25886 Studlify-case the region.
25888 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25890 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25891 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25893 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25895 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25896 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25902 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18231 31064))
25903 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25905 (autoload 'locate-library "subr" "\
25906 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25907 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25908 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25909 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25910 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25912 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25913 is used instead of `load-path'.
25915 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25916 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25917 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25919 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25923 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25924 ;;;;;; (18190 39683))
25925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25927 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25928 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25929 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25930 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25931 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25932 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25933 original message but it does require a few things:
25935 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25937 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25940 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25941 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25944 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25946 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25948 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25949 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25950 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25956 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18190
25958 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25960 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25962 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
25963 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25964 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25965 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25966 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25967 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25969 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25971 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25972 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25973 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25974 otherwise turn it off.
25976 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25977 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25978 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25984 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18177 875))
25985 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25987 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25988 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25989 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25990 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25991 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25993 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25995 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25996 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25997 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25998 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25999 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26000 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26001 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26003 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26007 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26008 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26009 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26010 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26011 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26012 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26013 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26014 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26015 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26016 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26017 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26018 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26019 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18190 39686))
26020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26022 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26023 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26024 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26026 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26028 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26029 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26031 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26033 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26034 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26036 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26038 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26039 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26041 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26043 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26044 Insert an editable text table.
26045 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26046 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26047 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26048 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26049 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26050 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26055 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26057 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26062 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26063 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26064 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26065 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26068 +-----+-----+-----+
26070 +-----+-----+-----+
26072 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26074 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26075 width, which results as
26077 +--------------+-----+-----+
26079 +--------------+-----+-----+
26081 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26082 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26084 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26086 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26088 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26089 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26090 width information to `table-insert'.
26092 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26098 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26101 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26102 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26104 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26107 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26109 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26111 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26114 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26117 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26119 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26121 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26124 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26127 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26130 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26131 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26132 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26134 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26137 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26140 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26143 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26145 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26148 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26151 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26152 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26153 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26154 | | |expected results.-!- |
26155 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26158 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26160 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26164 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26166 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26167 Insert N table row(s).
26168 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26169 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26170 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26171 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26175 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26176 Insert N table column(s).
26177 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26178 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26179 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26180 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26184 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26185 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26186 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26188 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26190 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26191 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26192 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26193 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26194 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26195 all the table specific features.
26197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26199 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26204 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26205 Recognize all tables within region.
26206 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26207 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26208 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26211 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26213 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26216 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26218 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26219 Recognize a table at point.
26220 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26221 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26222 the table specific features.
26224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26226 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26231 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26232 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26233 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26234 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26235 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26236 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26237 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26239 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26241 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26246 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26247 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26248 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26249 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26250 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26251 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26254 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26256 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26257 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26258 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26259 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26260 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26261 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26262 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26267 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26268 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26269 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26270 table's rectangle structure.
26272 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26274 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26275 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26276 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26277 table's rectangle structure.
26281 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26282 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26283 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26284 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26285 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26287 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26289 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26290 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26291 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26293 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26294 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26295 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26296 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26297 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26298 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26299 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26301 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26302 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26303 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26304 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26305 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26306 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26307 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26309 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26310 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26311 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26312 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26313 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26314 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26315 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26316 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26318 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26320 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26321 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26322 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26323 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26327 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26328 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26329 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26331 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26333 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26334 Split current cell vertically.
26335 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26339 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26340 Split current cell horizontally.
26341 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26345 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26346 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26347 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26349 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26351 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26352 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26353 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26354 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26356 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26358 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26359 Justify cell contents.
26360 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26361 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26362 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26363 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26365 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26367 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26368 Justify cells of a row.
26369 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26370 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26372 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26374 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26375 Justify cells of a column.
26376 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26377 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26379 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26381 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26382 Toggle fixing width mode.
26383 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26384 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26385 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26389 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26390 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26391 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26392 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26393 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26394 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26395 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26396 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26397 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26398 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26399 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26401 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26403 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26404 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26405 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26406 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26407 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26408 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26409 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26410 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26411 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26412 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26413 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26414 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26417 References used for this implementation:
26423 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26425 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26426 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26427 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26429 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26431 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26432 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26433 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26434 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26435 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26436 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26437 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26438 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26439 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26440 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26441 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26442 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26443 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26444 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26445 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26446 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26447 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26452 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26453 (table-forward-cell 15)
26454 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26455 (table-forward-cell 16)
26456 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26457 (table-forward-cell 1)
26458 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26461 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26462 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26463 (table-forward-cell 1)
26464 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26466 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26468 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26469 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26470 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26471 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26472 consists from cells of same height.
26476 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26477 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26478 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26479 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26480 column must consists from cells of same width.
26484 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26485 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26486 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26487 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26488 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26489 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26490 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26491 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26492 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26493 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26494 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26495 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26496 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26497 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26498 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26507 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26508 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26509 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26512 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26514 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26516 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26518 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26522 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26523 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26524 of each row is optional.
26529 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26530 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26531 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26532 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26533 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26535 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26536 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26538 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26539 expression and raw delimiter regular
26540 expression, it parses the specified text
26541 area and extracts cell items from
26542 non-table text and then forms a table out
26545 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26546 creates a single cell table. The text in
26547 the specified region is placed in that
26550 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26553 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26554 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26555 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26557 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26558 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26559 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26560 | area and extracts cell items from |
26561 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26564 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26565 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26566 | the specified region is placed in that |
26568 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26570 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26571 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26574 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26575 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26576 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26577 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26578 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26579 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26580 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26581 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26582 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26584 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26585 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26586 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26587 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26589 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26591 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26592 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26593 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26595 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26597 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26598 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26599 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26600 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26601 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26607 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18190 39679))
26608 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26610 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26611 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26613 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26615 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26616 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26622 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18213 1256))
26623 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26625 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26626 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26627 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26628 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26629 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26630 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26631 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26633 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26634 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26635 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26636 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26638 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26645 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26646 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18177 873))
26647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26649 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26650 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26651 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26652 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26653 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26654 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26656 Variables controlling indentation style:
26658 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26659 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26660 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26662 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26663 documentation for details):
26664 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26665 Controls action of TAB key.
26667 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26668 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26669 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26670 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26671 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26673 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26674 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26682 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26683 Run inferior Tcl process.
26684 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26685 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26689 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26690 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26691 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26693 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26697 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18177 869))
26698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26699 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26701 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26702 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26703 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26704 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26706 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26707 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26708 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26709 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26710 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26712 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26713 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26715 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26716 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26717 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26718 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26724 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18177
26726 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26728 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26729 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26730 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26731 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26732 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26733 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26735 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26737 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26738 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26739 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26740 commands to use in that buffer.
26742 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26744 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26746 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26747 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26749 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26753 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18177
26755 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26757 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26758 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26759 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26760 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26761 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26762 program as keyboard input.
26764 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26765 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26766 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26767 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26769 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26770 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26771 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26772 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26773 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26775 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26777 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26778 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26779 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26780 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26782 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26783 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26784 subprocess started.
26786 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26790 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26791 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
26792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26794 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26795 Start coverage on function under point.
26801 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18177 871))
26802 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26804 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26805 Play the Tetris game.
26806 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26807 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26808 as to form complete rows.
26810 tetris-mode keybindings:
26811 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26812 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26813 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26814 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26815 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26816 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26817 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26818 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26819 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26825 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26826 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26827 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26828 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26829 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26830 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26831 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26832 ;;;;;; (18213 1261))
26833 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26835 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26836 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26838 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26840 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26841 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26842 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26843 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26844 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26846 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26848 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26849 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26850 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26851 if it matches the first line of the file,
26852 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26854 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26856 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26857 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26858 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26859 if the variable is non-nil.")
26861 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26863 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26864 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26866 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26868 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26869 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26870 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26871 See the documentation of that variable.")
26873 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26875 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26876 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26877 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26878 See the documentation of that variable.")
26880 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26882 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26883 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26884 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26885 See the documentation of that variable.")
26887 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26889 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26890 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26891 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26892 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26893 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26895 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26897 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26898 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26899 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26900 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26902 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26904 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26905 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26906 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26908 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26910 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26911 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26912 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26913 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26915 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26917 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26918 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26919 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26920 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26922 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26924 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26925 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26926 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26927 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26929 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26930 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26933 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26934 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26936 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26939 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26941 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
26942 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26943 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26944 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26945 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26947 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26949 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26951 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26952 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26953 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26955 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26957 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26958 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26959 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26960 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26961 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26963 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26965 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26966 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26968 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26970 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26971 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26973 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26975 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26976 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26977 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26978 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26979 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26980 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26981 says which mode to use.
26985 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26987 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26989 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26991 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26992 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26993 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26994 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26995 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26997 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26998 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26999 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27000 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27001 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27002 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27003 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27005 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27006 mismatched $'s or braces.
27009 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27013 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27015 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27016 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27017 tex-dvi-print-command
27018 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27019 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27020 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27021 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27022 tex-dvi-view-command
27023 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27024 tex-show-queue-command
27025 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27026 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27028 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27029 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27030 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27034 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27035 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27036 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27037 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27038 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27040 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27041 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27042 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27043 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27044 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27045 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27046 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27048 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27049 mismatched $'s or braces.
27056 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27058 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27059 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27060 tex-dvi-print-command
27061 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27062 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27063 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27064 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27065 tex-dvi-view-command
27066 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27067 tex-show-queue-command
27068 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27069 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27071 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27072 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27073 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27077 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27078 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27079 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27080 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27081 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27083 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27084 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27085 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27086 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27087 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27088 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27089 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27091 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27092 mismatched $'s or braces.
27095 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27099 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27101 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27102 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27103 tex-dvi-print-command
27104 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27105 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27106 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27107 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27108 tex-dvi-view-command
27109 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27110 tex-show-queue-command
27111 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27112 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27114 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27115 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27116 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27117 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27121 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27126 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27127 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27133 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27134 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18177 876))
27135 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27137 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27138 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27139 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27140 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27142 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27143 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27144 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27146 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27148 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27149 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27150 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27151 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27152 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27154 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27156 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27157 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27158 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27159 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27161 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27162 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27163 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27164 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27166 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27167 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27169 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27173 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27174 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18190 39686))
27175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27177 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27178 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27180 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27182 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27183 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27185 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27187 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27188 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27190 It has these extra commands:
27191 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27193 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27194 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27195 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27196 modified version of TeX input format.
27198 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27199 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27200 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27201 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27203 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27204 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27205 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27206 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27207 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27208 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27209 in the Texinfo file.
27211 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27212 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27213 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27214 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27215 move forward past the closing brace.
27217 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27218 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27220 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27221 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27222 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27224 Here are the functions:
27226 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27227 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27228 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27230 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27231 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27232 texinfo-master-menu
27234 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27236 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27237 which menu descriptions are indented.
27239 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27240 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27243 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27244 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27245 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27246 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27248 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27249 be the first node in the file.
27251 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27252 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27258 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27259 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27260 ;;;;;; (18177 866))
27261 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27263 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27264 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27265 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27266 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27268 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27270 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27271 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27273 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27275 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27276 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27280 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27283 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27287 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27288 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27289 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18177 876))
27290 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27292 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27293 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27295 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27297 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27298 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27299 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27300 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27301 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27303 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27304 a symbol as a valid THING.
27306 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27307 of the textual entity that was found.
27309 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27311 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27312 Return the THING at point.
27313 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27314 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27315 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27317 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27318 a symbol as a valid THING.
27320 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27322 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27327 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27332 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27337 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27344 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27345 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27346 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
27347 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27349 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27350 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27354 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27355 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27356 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27357 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27359 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27361 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27362 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27366 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27367 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27371 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27373 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27374 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27380 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27381 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27382 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27383 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27384 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27385 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18177 866))
27386 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27388 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27389 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27390 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27394 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27395 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27397 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27399 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27400 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27401 The returned string has no composition information.
27403 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27405 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27406 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27408 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27410 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27411 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27413 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27415 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27416 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27417 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27418 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27420 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27422 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27423 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27424 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27425 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27427 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27429 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27432 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27434 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27435 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27436 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27440 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27441 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27442 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27446 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27449 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27451 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27454 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27456 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27459 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27463 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27464 ;;;;;; (18177 876))
27465 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27467 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27468 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27469 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27470 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27472 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27474 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27476 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27477 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27478 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27479 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27481 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27487 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-world display-time-mode display-time
27488 ;;;;;; display-time-day-and-date) "time" "time.el" (18231 31064))
27489 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27491 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27492 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27494 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27496 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27497 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27498 This display updates automatically every minute.
27499 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27500 are displayed as well.
27501 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27505 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27506 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27507 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27508 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27509 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27510 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27512 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27514 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27515 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27516 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27518 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27519 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27520 are displayed as well.
27521 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27525 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27526 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27527 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27528 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27534 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27535 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27536 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27537 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18177
27539 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27541 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27542 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27544 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27546 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27547 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27548 You can use `float-time' instead.
27550 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27552 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27553 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27555 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27557 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27558 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27560 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27562 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27563 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27565 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27567 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27568 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27569 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27571 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27573 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27575 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27576 Subtract two time values.
27577 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27579 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27581 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27582 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27584 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27586 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27587 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27588 DATE should be a date-time string.
27590 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27592 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27593 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27594 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27596 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27598 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27599 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27601 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27603 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27604 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27606 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27608 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27609 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27610 TIME should be a time value.
27611 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27613 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27615 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27616 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27617 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27619 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27623 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27624 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18177 876))
27625 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27626 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27627 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27628 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27629 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27630 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27631 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27632 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27634 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27635 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27636 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27637 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27638 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27639 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27640 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27641 look like one of the following:
27644 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27645 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27646 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27647 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27648 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27649 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27650 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27655 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27656 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27657 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27663 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27664 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27665 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27666 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27667 ;;;;;; (18177 856))
27668 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27670 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27671 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27672 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27673 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27674 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27675 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27676 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27677 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27678 display (non-nil means on).
27680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27682 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27683 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27684 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27685 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27686 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27687 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27688 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27689 this function is called within a day.
27691 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27692 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27693 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27694 discover the name of the project.
27696 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27698 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27699 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27700 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27701 begun during the last time segment.
27703 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27704 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27705 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27706 discover the reason.
27708 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27710 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27711 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27712 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27713 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27714 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27716 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27718 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27719 Change to working on a different project.
27720 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27721 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27722 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27725 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27727 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27728 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27729 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27733 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27734 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27735 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27739 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27740 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27741 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27742 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27743 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27744 \"relative to today\".
27746 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27748 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27749 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27750 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27751 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27753 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27755 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27756 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27757 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27758 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27759 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27760 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27762 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27766 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27767 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27768 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18177 858))
27769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27771 (defalias 'disable-timeout 'cancel-timer)
27773 (autoload 'cancel-timer "timer" "\
27774 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27776 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27778 (autoload 'cancel-function-timers "timer" "\
27779 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27780 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27781 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27783 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27785 (autoload 'run-at-time "timer" "\
27786 Perform an action at time TIME.
27787 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27788 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27789 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27790 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27791 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27792 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27793 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27794 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27795 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27796 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27797 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27799 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27801 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27803 (autoload 'run-with-timer "timer" "\
27804 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27805 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27806 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27807 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27809 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27811 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27813 (autoload 'add-timeout "timer" "\
27814 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27815 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27816 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27818 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27820 (autoload 'run-with-idle-timer "timer" "\
27821 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27822 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27823 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27824 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27825 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27826 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27828 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27829 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27831 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27833 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27834 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27836 (autoload 'with-timeout "timer" "\
27837 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27838 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27839 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27840 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27841 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27844 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27848 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27849 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18177 865))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27852 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27853 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27854 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27855 the generated Quail package is saved.
27857 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27859 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27860 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27861 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27862 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27863 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27864 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27865 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27867 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27872 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18177
27874 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27876 (autoload 'tamil-compose-region "tml-util" "\
27879 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27881 (autoload 'tamil-post-read-conversion "tml-util" "\
27884 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27886 (autoload 'tamil-composition-function "tml-util" "\
27887 Compose Tamil characters after the position POS.
27888 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
27889 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
27891 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27895 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27896 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18190 39679))
27897 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27898 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27899 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27901 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27902 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27903 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27904 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27905 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27907 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27909 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27910 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27911 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27912 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27913 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27915 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27917 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27918 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27919 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27920 in the menu in two ways:
27921 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27922 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27923 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27925 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27926 keymap or an alist of alists.
27927 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27928 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27930 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27934 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27935 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27936 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18177 856))
27937 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27939 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27940 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27944 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27945 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27947 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27949 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27950 Insert new TODO list entry.
27951 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27956 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27957 List top priorities for each category.
27959 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27960 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27962 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27963 between each category.
27965 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27967 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27968 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27969 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27970 between each category.
27972 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27974 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27976 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27977 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27983 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27984 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27988 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27995 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27996 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27997 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18190 39679))
27998 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28000 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28001 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28002 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28006 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28008 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28009 Add an item to the tool bar.
28010 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28011 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28012 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28013 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28015 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28016 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28017 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28018 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28020 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28021 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28023 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28025 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28026 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28027 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28028 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28029 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28030 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28032 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28033 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28034 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28035 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28037 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28039 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28040 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28041 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28042 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28043 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28044 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28045 properties to add to the binding.
28047 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28049 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28050 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28052 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28054 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28055 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28056 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28057 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28058 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28059 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28060 properties to add to the binding.
28062 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28065 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28069 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28070 ;;;;;; (18213 1258))
28071 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28073 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28074 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28075 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28076 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28077 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28078 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28080 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28082 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28087 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28089 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28090 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28096 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18177 858))
28097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28099 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28100 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28101 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28102 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28103 to a tcp server on another machine.
28105 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28109 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28110 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18177 858))
28111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28113 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28114 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28116 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28118 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28119 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28120 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28121 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28122 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28123 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28124 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28125 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28127 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28129 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28130 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28131 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28132 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28133 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28134 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28135 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28136 the window or buffer configuration.
28138 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28140 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28144 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28145 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28146 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28147 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
28148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28150 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28151 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28153 It can have the following values:
28155 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28156 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28157 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28159 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28161 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28162 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28163 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28164 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28166 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28167 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28168 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28169 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28171 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28172 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28173 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28175 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28176 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28177 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28178 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28179 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28180 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28181 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28182 files which are not really Tramp files.
28184 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28185 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28186 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28187 updated after changing this variable.
28189 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28191 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28192 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28193 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28194 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28196 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28197 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28198 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28199 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28201 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28202 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28203 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28205 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28206 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28207 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28209 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28210 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28211 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28212 updated after changing this variable.
28214 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28216 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28217 Alist of completion handler functions.
28218 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28219 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28220 normal Emacs functions.")
28222 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28223 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28224 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28225 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28227 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28228 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28229 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28230 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28232 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28233 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28234 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28236 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28238 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28239 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28240 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28242 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28243 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28244 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28246 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28247 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28250 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28252 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28257 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28258 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28260 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28262 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28263 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28265 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28267 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28268 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28274 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28275 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28278 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28285 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18203
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28289 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28290 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28291 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28292 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28293 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28294 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28295 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28296 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28298 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28299 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28300 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28302 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28303 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28306 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28310 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28311 ;;;;;; (18177 848))
28312 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28314 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28317 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
28321 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28322 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18203 51793))
28323 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28324 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28325 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28326 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28328 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28329 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28330 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28331 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28332 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28333 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28334 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28336 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28338 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28339 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28340 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28341 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28343 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28347 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28348 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28349 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28350 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28351 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28352 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28353 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28355 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28356 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28358 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28361 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28363 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28369 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28370 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28371 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28372 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28373 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
28374 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28376 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28377 Toggle typing break mode.
28378 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28380 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28382 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28384 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28385 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28387 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28389 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28390 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28392 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28393 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28394 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28396 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28397 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28399 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28401 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28402 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28404 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28405 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28406 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28407 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28409 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28411 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28412 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28413 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28415 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28416 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28417 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28418 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28419 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28420 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28422 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28423 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28424 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28425 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28427 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28428 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28430 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28431 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28433 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28435 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28436 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28437 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28439 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28440 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28441 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28442 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28443 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28444 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28445 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28447 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28448 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28450 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28451 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28452 reset the keystroke counter.
28454 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28455 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28456 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28457 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28459 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28460 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28461 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28462 `type-break-schedule' command.
28464 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28465 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28466 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28467 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28468 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28469 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28470 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28471 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28472 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28474 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28475 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28476 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28477 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28478 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28480 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28481 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28482 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28483 approximate good values for this.
28485 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28486 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28488 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28489 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28490 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28491 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28492 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28493 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28495 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28496 a typing break occur. They include:
28498 `type-break-query-mode'
28499 `type-break-query-function'
28500 `type-break-query-interval'
28502 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28504 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28505 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28506 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28509 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28511 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28512 Take a typing break.
28514 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28515 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28517 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28518 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28522 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28523 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28524 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28525 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28529 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28530 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28532 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28533 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28534 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28535 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28536 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28537 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28538 average typing speed.)
28540 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28541 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28542 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28543 the computed maximum threshold.
28545 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28546 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28547 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28548 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28549 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28551 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28555 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28556 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18177 876))
28557 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28559 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28560 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28561 Works by overstriking underscores.
28562 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28563 which specify the range to operate on.
28565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28567 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28568 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28569 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28570 which specify the range to operate on.
28572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28576 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28577 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18177 867))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28580 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28581 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28582 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28586 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28587 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28588 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28589 following the containing message.
28595 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28596 ;;;;;; (18177 867))
28597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28599 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28600 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28601 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28602 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28603 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28604 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28608 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28609 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28611 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28615 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18231
28617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28619 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28620 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28621 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28622 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28624 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28628 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28629 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18177 877))
28630 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28632 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28633 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28634 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28636 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28637 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28638 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28639 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28640 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28641 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28643 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28644 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28645 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28647 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28648 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28649 the callback is not called).
28651 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28652 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28653 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28656 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28658 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28659 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28660 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28661 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28662 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28664 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28668 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28669 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18195 4247))
28670 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28672 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28673 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28674 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28676 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28677 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28678 `url-generic-parse-url'
28679 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28680 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28681 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28683 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28684 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28685 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28686 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28687 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28688 what type of auth to use
28689 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28690 if one cannot be found in the cache
28692 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28694 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28695 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28697 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28698 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28699 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28700 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28701 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28702 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28703 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28704 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28706 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28710 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28711 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18177
28713 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28715 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28716 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28718 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28720 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28721 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28723 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28725 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28726 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28728 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28730 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28731 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28733 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28737 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18177 877))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28740 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28743 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28747 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28748 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18190 39686))
28749 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28751 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28754 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28756 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28759 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28763 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18190
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28767 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28768 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28770 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28774 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28775 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18177 877))
28776 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28778 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28779 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28783 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28784 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28785 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28786 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28787 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28789 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28793 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28794 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (18177
28796 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28798 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28799 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28800 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28803 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28805 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28807 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28808 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28812 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28813 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28814 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28815 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28816 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28817 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28818 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28819 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28820 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28822 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28824 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28825 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28826 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28829 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28831 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28834 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28838 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28839 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18190 39686))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28842 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28843 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28844 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28845 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28846 CBARGS as the arguments.
28848 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28850 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28855 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28857 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28860 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28862 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28863 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28864 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28866 Property list members:
28869 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28873 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28877 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28880 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28883 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28884 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28885 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28888 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28890 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28891 Default HTTPS port.")
28893 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28894 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28896 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
28897 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28898 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28899 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28900 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28904 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18177 877))
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28907 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28910 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28914 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18177
28916 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28918 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28919 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28920 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28921 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28922 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28924 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28928 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28929 ;;;;;; (18190 39686))
28930 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28932 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28935 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28937 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28938 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28940 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28944 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28945 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18190 39686))
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28948 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28949 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28951 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28953 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28954 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28956 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28958 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28961 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28963 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28965 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28967 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28969 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28970 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28972 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28976 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28977 ;;;;;; (18190 39686))
28978 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28980 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28983 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28985 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28988 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28992 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28993 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28994 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
28995 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28997 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29000 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29002 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29005 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29007 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29010 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29012 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29015 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29017 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29020 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29022 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29025 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29027 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29030 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29034 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29035 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18190 39686))
29036 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29038 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29039 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29041 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29043 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29044 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
29046 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
29048 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29052 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29053 ;;;;;; (18177 877))
29054 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29056 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29057 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29063 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29064 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29065 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29066 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29067 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29068 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29069 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18195 4247))
29070 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29072 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29073 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29074 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29076 If t, all messages will be logged.
29077 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29078 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29080 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29082 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29085 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29087 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29090 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29092 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29093 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29094 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29095 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29096 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29102 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29104 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29105 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29106 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29108 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29110 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29111 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29112 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29114 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29116 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29117 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29119 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29121 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29122 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29126 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29127 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29131 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29136 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29139 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29141 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29144 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29146 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29147 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29149 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29151 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29152 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29154 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29156 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29159 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29161 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29162 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29163 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29164 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29165 forbidden in URL encoding.
29167 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29169 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29170 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29171 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29172 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29173 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29174 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29176 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29178 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29179 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29180 If optional variable X is t,
29181 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29183 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29185 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29186 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29187 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29189 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29191 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29192 View the current document's URL.
29193 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29196 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29198 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29202 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29203 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18177 877))
29204 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29206 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29207 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29208 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29209 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29210 to refrain from editing the file
29211 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29212 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29213 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29214 in any way you like.
29216 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29218 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29219 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29220 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29221 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29222 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29224 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29225 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29231 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-pre-write-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29232 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18177 865))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29235 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29238 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29240 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29243 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29247 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29248 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29249 ;;;;;; (18231 31069))
29250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29252 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29253 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29254 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29255 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29257 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29259 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29260 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29261 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29263 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29265 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29266 Uudecode region between START and END.
29267 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29269 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29273 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29274 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29275 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29276 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29277 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command
29278 ;;;;;; edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29279 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18231 31064))
29280 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29282 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29283 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29286 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29288 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29289 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29290 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29292 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29294 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29295 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29298 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29300 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
29301 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29302 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29303 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29304 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
29305 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
29306 somebody else, signal error.
29308 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29310 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
29311 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29312 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29313 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29314 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29316 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29318 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
29319 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29320 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29321 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29322 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29323 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29324 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29325 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29326 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29327 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29328 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29329 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29331 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29333 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29334 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29335 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29337 For locking systems:
29338 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29340 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29341 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29342 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29343 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29344 it performs a revert on that file.
29345 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29346 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29347 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29348 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29349 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29350 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29351 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29353 For merging systems:
29354 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29355 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29356 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29357 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29358 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29359 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29360 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29361 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29362 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29364 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29366 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29367 Register the current file into a version control system.
29368 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29369 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29371 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29372 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29373 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29374 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29375 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29376 first backend that could register the file is used.
29378 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION COMMENT)" t nil)
29380 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29381 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29383 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29385 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29386 Display diffs between file revisions.
29387 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29388 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29389 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29391 If no current fileset is available (that is, we are not in
29392 VC-Dired mode and the visited file of the current buffer is not
29393 under version control) and we're in a Dired buffer, use
29394 the current directory.
29395 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29398 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29400 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29401 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29402 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29403 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29407 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29408 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29409 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29410 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29414 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29415 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29416 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29417 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29418 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29419 from the current branch.
29421 See Info node `Merging'.
29425 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29427 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
29428 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29430 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29432 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29433 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29435 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29437 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
29438 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29439 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29440 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29441 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
29442 checked out in that new branch.
29444 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29446 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
29447 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29448 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29449 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29450 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29451 allowed and simply skipped).
29453 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29455 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29456 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29457 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29459 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29461 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29462 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29463 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29464 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29468 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29469 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29470 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29471 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29475 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29477 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29478 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29479 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29480 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29481 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29482 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29486 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29487 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29488 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29489 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29490 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29491 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29492 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29494 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29496 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29497 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29498 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29499 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29500 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29501 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29502 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29503 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29504 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29506 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29508 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29509 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29511 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29513 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29514 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29515 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29518 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29520 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29521 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29522 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29524 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29525 log entries should be gathered.
29527 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29529 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29530 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29532 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29534 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29535 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29537 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29539 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29540 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29542 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29543 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29544 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29545 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29546 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29547 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29549 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29550 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29551 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29552 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29553 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29554 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29555 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29556 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29558 Customization variables:
29560 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29561 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29562 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29563 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29565 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18231 31064))
29570 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29571 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29572 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29575 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18203 51788))
29580 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29582 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29583 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29585 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29586 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29587 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29590 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18231 31064))
29595 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29596 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29597 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29598 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29600 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18203 51788))
29605 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29606 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29607 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29608 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29611 (vc-git-registered file))))
29615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18203 51788))
29616 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29617 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29618 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29619 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29622 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18231 31064))
29627 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29628 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29629 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29632 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18213 1256))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29639 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29641 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29642 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29643 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29646 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29650 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29651 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
29652 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29654 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29655 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29656 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29658 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29659 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29663 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29664 ;;;;;; (18194 36639))
29665 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29667 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29668 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29669 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29671 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29672 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29674 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29675 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29676 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29677 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18231 31064))
29682 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29683 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29684 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29685 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29688 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29689 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29690 (file-name-directory f)))
29692 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29694 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
29698 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29699 ;;;;;; (18213 1259))
29700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29701 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29703 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29704 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29709 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29710 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29711 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29712 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29714 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29715 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29716 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29719 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29720 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29722 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29723 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29725 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29726 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29727 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29729 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29735 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29736 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29738 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29740 Official distribution is at
29741 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29744 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29745 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29756 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29757 ;;;;;; (18213 1260))
29758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29760 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29761 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29766 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29767 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29768 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29769 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29770 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29771 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29772 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29773 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29774 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29776 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29777 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29778 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29779 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29781 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29782 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29783 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29784 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29785 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29787 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29788 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29792 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29793 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29794 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29798 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29799 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29800 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29801 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29803 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29804 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29805 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29806 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29807 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29811 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29812 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29813 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29814 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29816 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29817 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29818 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29819 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29820 beginning with \"std\").
29822 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29823 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29824 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29829 `--' puts a single comment.
29830 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29831 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29832 with a comment in between.
29833 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29834 out following lines.
29835 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29836 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29838 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29839 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29840 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29841 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29842 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29845 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29846 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29847 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29848 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29849 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29850 multi-line comments.
29854 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29855 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29856 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29857 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29859 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29860 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29861 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29862 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29864 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29865 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29868 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29869 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29873 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29874 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29875 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29876 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29877 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29878 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29879 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29880 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29882 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29883 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29884 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29885 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29886 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29889 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29890 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29891 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29893 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29894 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29898 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29899 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29900 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29901 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29902 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29903 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29906 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29907 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29908 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29909 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29912 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29916 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29917 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29918 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29919 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29920 internal signal initializations (menu).
29922 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29923 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29924 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29926 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29927 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29928 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29929 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29930 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29931 in subsequent paste operations.)
29933 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29934 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29935 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29938 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29939 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29940 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29941 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29942 association list with formals).
29945 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29946 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29947 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29948 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29949 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29950 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29951 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29952 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29957 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29961 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29965 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29966 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29967 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29969 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29970 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29973 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29974 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29975 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29976 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29978 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29979 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29980 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29982 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29983 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29984 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29985 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29987 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29988 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29989 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29990 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29991 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29993 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29994 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29995 required by secondary units.
29998 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29999 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30000 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30001 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30002 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30003 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30004 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30005 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30006 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30007 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30008 inputs to this component -> input port created
30009 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30010 outputs from this component -> output port created
30011 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30012 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30014 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30015 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30016 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30017 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30018 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30020 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30021 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30023 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30024 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30025 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30026 component instantiation is also supported (option
30027 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30029 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30030 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30031 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30032 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30033 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30034 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30035 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30036 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30037 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30038 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30039 | generating the configuration.
30041 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30042 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30043 | configurations in speedbar.
30045 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30048 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30049 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30050 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30051 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30052 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30053 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30054 information. New compilers can be added.
30056 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30057 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30060 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30061 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30062 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30063 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30064 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30066 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30069 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30070 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30071 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30073 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30074 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30075 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30076 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30077 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30078 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30079 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30082 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30083 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30084 not (yet) supported.
30085 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30086 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30087 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30091 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30092 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30093 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30094 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30095 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30096 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30097 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30098 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30100 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30101 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30102 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30103 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30104 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30105 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30106 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30107 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30108 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30109 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30110 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30114 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30115 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30116 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30117 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30118 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30119 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30120 current directory for VHDL source files.
30124 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30125 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30129 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30130 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30131 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30132 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30133 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30134 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30135 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30136 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30139 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30140 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30141 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30142 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30143 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30144 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30145 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30147 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30148 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30149 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30150 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30151 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30152 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30154 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30155 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30156 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30157 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30158 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30161 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30162 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30163 highlighted if written in lower case.
30165 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30166 highlighted using a different background color if option
30167 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30169 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30170 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30171 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30172 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30173 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30177 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30178 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30179 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30183 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30184 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30185 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30186 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30187 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30191 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30192 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30194 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30195 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30196 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30197 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30198 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30199 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30200 (used to obtain the port names).
30204 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30205 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30209 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30210 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30211 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30212 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30213 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30214 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30215 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30220 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30221 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30222 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30223 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30224 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30226 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30227 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30228 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30229 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30230 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30233 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30234 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30238 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30239 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30240 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30242 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30246 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30247 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30249 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30251 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30253 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30257 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30263 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30264 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30266 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30268 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30269 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30270 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30271 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30273 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30274 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30275 where the latest version can be found.
30281 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30282 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30283 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30286 The VHDL Mode Authors
30287 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30298 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18203 51788))
30299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30301 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30302 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30303 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30304 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30306 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30307 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30308 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30309 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30310 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30312 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30313 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30315 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30317 * Limitations and unsupported features
30318 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30320 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30321 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30324 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30325 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30326 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30327 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30328 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30329 for undoing a repeated change command.
30330 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30331 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30332 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30335 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30336 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30337 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30338 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30339 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30340 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30341 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30342 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30344 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30350 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30351 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30352 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30353 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18177 866))
30354 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30356 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30357 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30359 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30361 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30362 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30363 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30364 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30366 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30368 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30369 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30373 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30374 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30375 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30376 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30378 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30380 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30381 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30385 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30388 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30390 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30393 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30397 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30398 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30399 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30400 ;;;;;; view-file view-remove-frame-by-deleting) "view" "view.el"
30401 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
30402 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30404 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30405 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30406 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30408 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30410 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30411 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30412 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30413 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30415 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30417 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30418 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30419 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30420 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30421 moving around in the buffer.
30422 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30423 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30425 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30429 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30430 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30431 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. Emacs commands
30432 editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a special set of
30433 commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for moving around
30435 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30436 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30438 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30442 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30443 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30444 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30445 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30446 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30447 moving around in the buffer.
30448 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30449 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30451 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30455 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30456 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30457 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30458 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30459 moving around in the buffer.
30460 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30461 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30463 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30465 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30466 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30467 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30469 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30471 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30472 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30473 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30474 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30475 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30476 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30477 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30478 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30480 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30482 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30483 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30484 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30486 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30488 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30489 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30490 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30491 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30492 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30493 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30494 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30495 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30497 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30499 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30500 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30501 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30503 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30505 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30506 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30507 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30510 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30511 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30512 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30515 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30516 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30517 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30518 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30519 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30521 H, h, ? This message.
30522 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30523 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30524 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30525 > move to the end of buffer.
30526 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30527 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30528 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30529 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30530 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30531 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30532 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30533 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30534 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30535 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30536 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30537 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30538 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30539 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30540 Use this to view a changing file.
30541 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30542 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30543 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30545 x exchanges point and mark.
30546 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30547 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30548 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30549 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30550 ' go to position saved in character register.
30551 s do forward incremental search.
30552 r do reverse incremental search.
30553 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30554 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30555 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30556 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30557 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30558 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30559 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30560 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30561 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30562 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30563 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30564 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30565 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30566 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30567 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30568 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30569 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30571 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30572 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30573 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30574 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30575 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30576 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30577 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30578 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30579 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30581 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30585 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30586 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30587 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30588 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30589 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30590 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30591 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30592 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30593 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30595 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30597 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30598 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30599 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30600 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30601 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30602 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30603 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30605 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30606 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30607 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30608 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30609 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30611 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30612 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30614 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30615 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30616 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30617 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30619 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30621 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30623 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30625 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30626 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30632 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18231
30634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30636 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30637 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30641 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30642 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30648 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30649 ;;;;;; (18231 31065))
30650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30652 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30653 Toggle Viper on/off.
30654 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30658 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30659 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30665 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30666 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
30667 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30669 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30670 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30671 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30672 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30673 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30674 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30675 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30676 the beginning of the warning.")
30678 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30679 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30680 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30681 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30682 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30683 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30684 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30685 also call that function before the next warning.")
30687 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30688 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30690 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30691 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30692 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30693 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30695 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30696 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30697 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30698 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30699 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30700 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30702 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30703 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30704 Default is :warning.
30706 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30707 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30708 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30709 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30710 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30711 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30713 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30714 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30715 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30717 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30719 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30720 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30722 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30724 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30725 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30726 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30727 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30729 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30730 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30731 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30732 can be whatever you like.)
30734 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30735 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30737 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30738 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30739 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30740 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30741 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30743 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30745 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30746 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30747 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30748 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30749 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30751 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30755 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30756 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
30757 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30759 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30760 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30761 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30762 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30763 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30772 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18177 869))
30773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30775 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30776 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30778 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30781 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30788 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30789 ;;;;;; (18190 39684))
30790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30791 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30792 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30794 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30796 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30797 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30798 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30800 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30801 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30803 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30805 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30806 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30807 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30808 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30810 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30817 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30818 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30819 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30820 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30821 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30822 ;;;;;; (18231 31064))
30823 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30825 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-leading-check "whitespace" "\
30826 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30830 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-trailing-check "whitespace" "\
30831 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30835 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-indent-check "whitespace" "\
30836 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30840 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check "whitespace" "\
30841 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30845 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-ateol-check "whitespace" "\
30846 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30850 (autoload 'whitespace-buffer "whitespace" "\
30851 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30853 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30854 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30855 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30856 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30857 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30859 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30861 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30862 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30864 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30866 (autoload 'whitespace-region "whitespace" "\
30867 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30871 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
30872 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30873 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30874 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30875 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30879 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
30880 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30884 (defalias 'global-whitespace-mode 'whitespace-global-mode)
30886 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30887 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30888 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30890 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30891 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30893 (custom-autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" nil)
30895 (autoload 'whitespace-global-mode "whitespace" "\
30896 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30897 With ARG, turn the mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
30899 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30900 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30904 (autoload 'whitespace-write-file-hook "whitespace" "\
30905 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30906 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30912 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30913 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18190 39680))
30914 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30916 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
30917 Browse the widget under point.
30921 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
30922 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30924 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30926 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
30927 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30929 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30931 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
30932 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30933 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30939 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30940 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18190
30942 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30944 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
30945 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
30947 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30949 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
30950 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30951 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30953 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30955 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
30956 Create widget of TYPE.
30957 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30959 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30961 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
30964 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30966 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
30967 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30969 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30971 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
30973 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map "
" 'widget-button-press) map) "\
30974 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30975 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30977 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
30978 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30984 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30985 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18177
30987 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30989 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
30990 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30991 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30992 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30993 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30994 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30995 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30999 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31000 Select the window above the current one.
31001 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31002 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31003 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31004 negative ARG) of the current window.
31005 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31009 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31010 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31011 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31012 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31013 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31014 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31015 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31019 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31020 Select the window below the current one.
31021 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31022 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31023 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31024 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31025 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31029 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31030 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31031 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31032 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31034 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31038 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31039 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
31040 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31042 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31043 Toggle Winner mode.
31044 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31045 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31047 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31049 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31050 Toggle Winner mode.
31051 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31057 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
31058 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18195 4246))
31059 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31061 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31062 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31063 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31064 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31065 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31066 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31067 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31068 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31070 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31071 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31073 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31075 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31076 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31080 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31081 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31082 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31083 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31084 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31085 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31086 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31087 `woman' command for further details.
31089 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31093 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31094 ;;;;;; (18177 858))
31095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31097 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31098 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31101 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31102 are not implemented
31103 - Options for search and replace
31104 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31105 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31107 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31110 The key bindings are:
31120 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31122 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31123 C-l ws-repeat-search
31126 C-r scroll-down-line
31133 C-y kill-complete-line
31136 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31137 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31138 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31139 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31140 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31141 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31142 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31143 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31144 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31145 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31146 C-k b ws-begin-block
31147 C-k c ws-copy-block
31148 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31150 C-k h ws-show-markers
31151 C-k i ws-indent-block
31153 C-k p ws-print-block
31156 C-k s save-some-buffers
31158 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31159 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31160 C-k v ws-move-block
31161 C-k w ws-write-block
31163 C-k y ws-delete-block
31165 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31166 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31167 C-o j justify-current-line
31170 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31171 C-o r set-fill-column
31172 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31173 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31174 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31175 C-o wo other-window
31176 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31178 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31179 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31180 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31181 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31182 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31183 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31184 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31185 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31186 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31187 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31188 C-q a ws-query-replace
31189 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31190 C-q c end-of-buffer
31193 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31195 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31196 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31197 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31198 C-q w ws-last-error
31200 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31206 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31207 ;;;;;; (18177 878))
31208 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31210 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31211 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31212 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31213 Returns the top node with all its children.
31214 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31215 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31217 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31219 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31220 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31221 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31222 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31223 is not well-formed XML.
31224 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31225 and returned as the first element of the list.
31226 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31228 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31232 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18203
31234 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31236 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31237 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31238 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31240 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31241 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31243 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31245 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31246 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31247 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31250 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31251 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31252 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31253 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31254 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31255 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31261 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31262 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18177 863))
31263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31265 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31266 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31268 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31270 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31271 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31277 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31278 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18177 871))
31279 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31281 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31282 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31284 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31286 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31287 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31289 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31291 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31292 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31293 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31295 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31297 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31298 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31304 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18213 1259))
31305 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31307 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31308 Zone out, completely.
31314 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31315 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31316 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31317 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31318 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31319 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31320 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31321 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31322 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31323 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31324 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31325 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31326 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31327 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31328 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
31329 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31330 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31331 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31332 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31333 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31334 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31335 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31336 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31337 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31338 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31339 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31340 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
31341 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
31342 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
31343 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
31344 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
31345 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31346 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31347 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31348 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31349 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31350 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31351 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31352 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31353 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31354 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31355 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31356 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31357 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31358 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31359 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31360 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31361 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el"
31362 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31363 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31364 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31365 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31366 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31367 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31368 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31369 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31370 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31371 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/hmac-def.el"
31372 ;;;;;; "gnus/hmac-md5.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31373 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31374 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/md4.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31375 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31376 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
31377 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
31378 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31379 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31380 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31381 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31382 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31383 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/ntlm.el"
31384 ;;;;;; "gnus/password.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31385 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sasl-cram.el"
31386 ;;;;;; "gnus/sasl-digest.el" "gnus/sasl-ntlm.el" "gnus/sasl.el"
31387 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime-ldap.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31388 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31389 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
31390 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31391 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31392 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
31393 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
31394 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31395 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31396 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31397 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31398 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31399 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31400 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31401 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el"
31402 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el"
31403 ;;;;;; "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
31404 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
31405 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
31406 ;;;;;; "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
31407 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
31408 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/tamil.el"
31409 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
31410 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31411 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
31412 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31413 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31414 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31415 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31416 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31417 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31418 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31419 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31420 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31421 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31422 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/socks.el"
31423 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31424 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
31425 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31426 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31427 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31428 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31429 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31430 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31431 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31432 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31433 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31434 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31435 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31436 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
31437 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31438 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
31439 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31440 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31441 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31442 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31443 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31444 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31445 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31446 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31447 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31448 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31449 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31450 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18232 8668 344872))
31454 ;; Local Variables:
31455 ;; version-control: never
31456 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31457 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31459 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here